WO2017206585A1 - Data transmission method, apparatus and system - Google Patents
Data transmission method, apparatus and system Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2017206585A1 WO2017206585A1 PCT/CN2017/078460 CN2017078460W WO2017206585A1 WO 2017206585 A1 WO2017206585 A1 WO 2017206585A1 CN 2017078460 W CN2017078460 W CN 2017078460W WO 2017206585 A1 WO2017206585 A1 WO 2017206585A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- tti
- ttis
- control information
- network device
- information corresponding
- Prior art date
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
- H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
- H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
- H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
- H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
- H04L5/0053—Allocation of signalling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
- H04L5/0055—Physical resource allocation for ACK/NACK
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
- H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
- H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
- H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
- H04L1/1829—Arrangements specially adapted for the receiver end
- H04L1/1861—Physical mapping arrangements
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L41/00—Arrangements for maintenance, administration or management of data switching networks, e.g. of packet switching networks
- H04L41/08—Configuration management of networks or network elements
- H04L41/0803—Configuration setting
- H04L41/0823—Configuration setting characterised by the purposes of a change of settings, e.g. optimising configuration for enhancing reliability
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W72/00—Local resource management
- H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
- H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
- H04W72/0446—Resources in time domain, e.g. slots or frames
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W72/00—Local resource management
- H04W72/12—Wireless traffic scheduling
Definitions
- the present application relates to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a data transmission method, apparatus, and system.
- the base station schedules a transmission time interval (TTI) transmission block, and the terminal sends a HARQ feedback message to the base station according to the receiving situation.
- the terminal is in the When receiving the transport block, if the terminal does not correctly receive the transport block of the TTI, the base station sends a Negative Acknowledgement (NACK) to the base station, and the base station receives the response information NACK, and if the maximum number of retransmissions is exceeded, the terminal may The terminal retransmits the corresponding transport block. If the terminal can correctly receive the transport block, the terminal can feed back the acknowledgement information (Acknowledgement, ACK) to the base station, and the base station receives the acknowledgement information ACK, and can send a new transport block to the terminal.
- NACK Negative Acknowledgement
- the LTE system further adopts the multi-process HARQ technology. After a TTI calls the HARQ process to transmit data, waiting for receiving the HARQ feedback message, calling other HARQ processes to transmit other data, that is, how many An asynchronous adaptive HARQ process starts.
- one transport block transmitted in each TTI is associated with one process, and a corresponding process identifier (also referred to as a process number) is assigned thereto, and control of each scheduled TTI is performed.
- the corresponding process identifier is indicated in the channel, and the terminal also feeds back the transport block of the corresponding process identifier when the response information ACK or NACK is fed back.
- the base station can determine the correctness of the transport block of the corresponding TTI, and then decide whether to retransmit the transport block on the process.
- the process identifier corresponding to the transport block needs to be carried in the control channel of the TTI.
- the process will be included in all TTI control channels. Identification, which will consume a large amount of transmission resources.
- embodiments of the present invention provide a method, an apparatus, and a system for data transmission.
- the technical solution is as follows:
- a method of data transmission comprising:
- a data channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of transmission time intervals TTI wherein the set of TTIs includes a first TTI and at least one second TTI; acquiring and the first a first process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the TTI, and determining, according to the first process identifier, a second process identifier of each of the at least one second TTI; receiving, according to the data channel corresponding to the set of TTIs respectively In the case, generating response information corresponding to the set of TTIs respectively; sending response information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs to the The first network device.
- the first TTI is the first TTI of the set of TTIs
- the second TTI is the other TTIs of the set of TTIs except the first one.
- the second network device receives the control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs sent by the first network device, and obtains the first process identifier of the first TTI, and then determines the second process identifier of each second TTI according to the first process identifier, where The two network devices generate corresponding response information according to the reception status of the data channel corresponding to each TTI, and then send the response information corresponding to each TTI to the first network device.
- the receiving, by the first network device, the data channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of the transmission time interval TTI includes:
- the time domain range information is used to directly or indirectly reflect the range of the TTI in the time domain.
- the time domain range information may be the number of TTIs in a group of TTIs, that is, how many TTIs are included in a group of TTIs. Or the time interval between the first TTI and the last TTI in a set of TTIs, that is, the time interval between receiving the first TTI and receiving the last TTI in a set of TTIs, or the control information corresponding to the first TTI in a set of TTIs Effective time range, or the effective time range of the common control information corresponding to a group of TTIs.
- the second network device may obtain time domain range information of a set of TTIs, and then determine each second TTI in the set of TTIs according to the time domain range information of the set of TTIs.
- the second network device may respectively receive the first TTI sent by the first network device, and each second TTI.
- determining, by using the time domain range information, the first TTI included in the group of TTIs and The at least one second TTI includes any one of the following situations: when the time domain range information indicates that the number of TTIs included in the group of TTIs is N, determining the set of TTIs The included TTI is the first TTI and consecutive N-1 second TTIs after the first TTI; and the time domain range information indicates the first TTI and the last one of the set of TTIs In the case of a time interval of the TTI, determining that the TTI included in the set of TTIs is the first TTI and all second TTIs after the first TTI and within the time interval; When the time domain range information indicates the effective time range of the control information corresponding to the first TTI, determining, according to the effective time range of the control information corresponding to the first TTI, determining that the TTI included in the set of TTIs is The first TTI and
- the time domain range information may be the number of TTIs in a set of TTIs, the second network device may obtain the number N of a set of TTIs, and the second network device receives N-1 TTIs after determining the first TTI in the set of TTIs.
- the N-1 TTIs are all second TTIs except the first TTI in the set of TTIs.
- the time domain range information may be a time interval between the first TTI and the last TTI in the set of TTIs, and the second network device may obtain a time interval between the first TTI and the last TTI in the first TTI, at the time.
- the second network device receives the TTI corresponding to the self-scheduling, that is, all the second TTIs except the first TTI in the group of TTIs.
- the domain range information may be the effective time range of the control information corresponding to the first TTI
- the second network device may obtain the effective time range of the control information corresponding to the first TTI, where the second TTI is included in the effective time range.
- the device receives the TTI scheduled by the first network device, that is, all the second TTIs except a first TTI in a group of TTIs.
- the time domain range information may be a valid time range of the common control information corresponding to the TTI
- the second network device may obtain the effective time range of the common control information corresponding to the TTI, in the effective time range, except the first The TTI
- the second network device receives the TTI corresponding to itself, that is, all TTIs except a first TTI in a group of TTIs.
- the acquiring, by using the first process corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI Logo including:
- the first process identifier is a process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI of the set of TTIs; or the first process identifier is obtained by using a common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs,
- the first process identifier is a process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI in the set of TTIs.
- the first process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI in each group of TTIs is preset in the first network device and the second network device, and is stored in the first network device and the second network device.
- each TTI of the group of TTIs corresponds to the control channel, and the control channel may carry control information, and the control information may include resource allocation information, modulation and coding modes, and the like.
- the first process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI may be carried in the control channel corresponding to the first TTI in each group of TTIs.
- each group of TTIs may have a common control channel, and the common control channel corresponding to a group of TTIs may be preceded by a set of TTIs or in the first TTI.
- the first network device transmits to the second network device.
- the first network device may carry the first process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI in the common control channel.
- the determining, by the first process identifier, the second process identifier of each of the at least one second TTI includes:
- the second network device may determine, according to the first process identifier, a second process identifier of all the second TTIs in the set of TTIs, or the second network device may determine, according to the first process identifier, the second process identifier of the first second TTI.
- the second process identifier of the second TTI is determined by the second process identifier of the first TTI, such that the second process identifiers of all the second TTIs in a group of TTIs are determined one by one.
- the acquiring the time domain range information of the set of TTIs includes: acquiring the preset group TTI time domain range information; or Receiving, by the first network device, the control channel corresponding to the first TTI, acquiring time domain range information of the group of TTIs carried in the control channel corresponding to the first TTI; or A common control channel corresponding to a set of TTIs acquires time domain range information of the set of TTIs.
- the technician can preset time domain range information of each group of TTIs that the first network device schedules for the second network device, and store the information into the first network device and the second network device.
- the first network device carries the time domain range information in the control channel corresponding to the first TTI in the set of TTIs, each time the first network device sends a set of TTIs to the second network device.
- the first network device may carry a set of TTI time domain range information in a common control channel corresponding to a set of TTIs each time the first network device sends a set of TTIs to the second network device.
- the change information includes: incremental control information of control information of the second TTI with respect to control information corresponding to the first TTI, or control information corresponding to the second TTI with respect to the Control information updated by the control information corresponding to the TTI; determining, according to the control information corresponding to the first TTI and the change information corresponding to each of the second TTIs, control information corresponding to each of the second TTIs Demodulating and decoding a data channel for each data channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs according to control information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, and determining a data channel corresponding to each TTI Receiving situation.
- the second network device determines the control information of a certain TTI in the second TTI in the set of TTIs, if the change information corresponding to the TTI is the incremental control information of the control information corresponding to the TTI and the control information corresponding to the first TTI
- the control information corresponding to the first TTI and the change information corresponding to the TTI may be used as the control information corresponding to the TTI; if the change information corresponding to the TTI is the control information corresponding to the control information of the TTI with respect to the first TTI
- the partial control information and the change information corresponding to the TTI in the control information corresponding to the TTI in the control information corresponding to the first TTI may be used as the control information corresponding to the TTI. In this way, the control information corresponding to each other TTI can be determined, and the transmission resources can be saved.
- the TTI may not correspond to the control channel, but inherit the control information in the control channel corresponding to the previous TTI in the process.
- a set of TTIs includes 4 TTIs, a process identifier of a transport block of the first TTI is 0, a process identifier of a transport block of the first second TTI is 1, and a process identifier of a transport block of the second second TTI is 0.
- the process identifier of the transport block of the second second TTI is 1.
- the feedback information corresponding to the transport block of the first TTI is NACK, it indicates that the error is received, and the retransmission of the second second TTI does not exceed the maximum weight.
- the TTI may not use the control information in the control channel corresponding to the first TTI, and the control channel is saved.
- the second network device may perform demodulation on the data channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of TTIs by using control information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, and then decode the demodulated data channel to determine whether it is correct.
- the data channel corresponding to each TTI is decoded, and then the reception condition of the data channel corresponding to each TTI is obtained.
- the receiving, according to the data channel corresponding to the set of TTIs, respectively Generating with the set of TTIs Before the corresponding response information includes: receiving a common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs sent by the first network device, and a control channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of TTIs, where the set of TTIs is corresponding to The common control channel carries the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs, and the control channel corresponding to each TTI carries the common information corresponding to the control information of each TTI with respect to the set of TTIs.
- the change information of the control information includes: incremental control information of the common control information of each TTI relative to the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs, or control information corresponding to each TTI Control information updated by the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs; determining, according to the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs and the change information corresponding to each TTI of the set of TTIs, respectively, determining each of the TTIs Control information; demodulating and decoding the data channel for each data channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs according to control information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs Determining whether said received data channel in each case corresponding to the TTI.
- the second network device determines the control information of a certain TTI in the TTI, if the change information corresponding to the TTI is the incremental control information of the control information corresponding to the TTI and the common control information corresponding to the TTI, The common control information corresponding to the TTI and the change information corresponding to the TTI are used as the control information corresponding to the TTI; if the change information corresponding to the TTI is the control information corresponding to the TTI is updated with respect to the common control information corresponding to the TTI For the control information, the partial control information that is the same as the control information corresponding to the TTI in the common control information corresponding to the TTI, and the change information corresponding to the TTI may be used as the control information corresponding to the TTI. In this way, the control information corresponding to each other TTI can be determined, and the transmission resources can be saved.
- the second network device may perform demodulation on the data channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of TTIs by using control information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, and then decode the demodulated data channel to determine whether it is correct.
- the data channel corresponding to each TTI is decoded, and then the reception condition of the data channel corresponding to each TTI is obtained.
- the data channel is demodulated and decoded for each data channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs. ,determine Where each of said received data channel corresponding to the TTI.
- reference may be made to the reference signal of the TTI, and all references in the reference signals of the TTIs before the TTI in the set of TTIs. Signaling, performing channel estimation on the TTI, or referring to the reference signal of the TTI, and part of the reference signals in the reference signals of the TTIs before the TTI in the set of TTIs, performing channel estimation on the TTI, thereby saving transmission resources .
- the response information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs And sending, to the first network device, each of the set of TTIs through a control channel within a last TTI of the set of TTIs or within a TTI other than the set of TTIs
- the response information corresponding to the TTI is sent to the first network device.
- the second network device may go to the first network through a TTI.
- the network device feeds back the hybrid automatic repeat request response message corresponding to the data information of each TTI in the set of TTIs, so that the uplink and downlink handovers are not required every time a TTI is received, so that the uplink/downlink switching overhead can be saved.
- the method further includes: in the first TTI or the group In a TTI before the TTI, the scheduling information corresponding to the data channel of each TTI in the set of TTIs is sent to the first network device by using a control channel.
- the scheduling information may include information such as data channel resource allocation information, channel modulation and coding information, and power control indication, and the second network device may send a set of TTIs to the first network device by using the first TTI or a TTI before the set of TTIs.
- the scheduling information is such that uplink/downlink switching is not required every time a TTI is transmitted, thereby saving uplink/downlink switching overhead.
- a method of data transmission comprising:
- the response information corresponding to the TTIs; and the hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ process is performed according to the received response information.
- the first network device sends a data channel of each TTI in the set of TTIs to the second network device, and receives the corresponding response information of each TTI in the set of TTIs sent by the second network device, according to the received response information. , performing HARQ processing.
- the set of TTIs includes a first TTI and at least one second TTI
- the control channel corresponding to the first TTI carries the foregoing a process identifier of a transport block of the TTI, where the control channel corresponding to the second TTI does not carry a process identifier of the transport block; or the common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs carries the first TTI
- the process identifier of the transport block, where the control channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs does not carry the process identifier of the transport block.
- the first TTI is the first TTI of the set of TTIs
- the second TTI is the TTI of the set of TTIs other than the first TTI.
- the first process identifier may be carried in a control channel corresponding to the first TTI, or may be carried in a common control channel corresponding to a group of TTIs.
- the method further includes: determining time domain range information of the set of TTIs; and sending the set of TTIs to the second network device a control channel of each TTI, where the control channel corresponding to the first TTI carries time domain range information of the set of TTIs; or, sends a common control corresponding to the set of TTIs to the second network device Channel, the common control channel carries time domain range information of the set of TTIs.
- the time domain range information may be carried in a control channel corresponding to the first TTI, or may be carried in a common control channel corresponding to a group of TTIs.
- the time domain range information of the set of TTIs is: the number of TTIs in the set of TTIs, or The time interval between the first TTI and the last TTI in the set of TTIs, or the effective time range of the control information corresponding to the first TTI in the set of TTIs, or the effective time of the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs range.
- the set of TTIs includes a first TTI and at least one second TTI
- the method also includes: determining separately The change information corresponding to the control information corresponding to the first TTI, and the change information includes: control information corresponding to the second TTI, relative to the first TTI The incremental control information of the corresponding control information, or the control information updated by the control information corresponding to the second TTI with respect to the control information corresponding to the first TTI; and the sending of the set of TTIs to the second network device a control channel corresponding to each TTI, where the control channel corresponding to the first TTI carries control information corresponding to the first TTI, and each of the control channels corresponding to the second TTI carries each of the foregoing The change information corresponding to the two TTIs.
- the first network device may send, to the second network device, a control channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, where the control channel corresponding to the first TTI carries the control information corresponding to the first TTI, and the control channel corresponding to the second TTI is carried in the control channel. There is change information corresponding to each second TTI. In this way, the first network device does not need to send all the control information corresponding to each TTI to the second network device, so that a large amount of transmission resources can be saved.
- the TTI in the second TTI corresponds to a retransmission on a certain process
- the TTI may not correspond to the transmission of the control channel, but the control information in the control channel corresponding to the previous TTI in the process is used.
- Non-adaptive retransmission If the set of TTIs includes 4 TTIs, the process identifier of the transport block of the first TTI is 0, the process identifier of the transport block of the first second TTI is 1, and the process identifier of the transport block of the second second TTI is 0.
- the process identifier of the transport block of the third second TTI is 1.
- the feedback information corresponding to the transport block of the first TTI is NACK, it indicates that the error is received, and the retransmission of the second second TTI does not exceed the maximum number of retransmissions.
- the TTI may not use the control information in the control channel corresponding to the first TTI, and the control channel is saved.
- the method further includes: determining, corresponding to each TTI of the set of TTIs
- the change information of the control information relative to the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs includes: incremental control information of the common control information of each TTI relative to the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs And control information updated by the control information corresponding to each TTI with respect to the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs; the common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs is sent to the second network device, and a group a control channel corresponding to each TTI in the TTI, where the common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs carries the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs, where each control channel corresponding to each TTI carries the foregoing
- the control information corresponding to the TTI is relative to the change information of the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs.
- the first network device sends a common control information corresponding to the TTI to the second network device, and the first network device may send, to the second network device, a control channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, where each TTI corresponds to the control channel. Carrying change information corresponding to each TTI. In this way, the first network device does not need to send all the control information corresponding to each TTI to the second network device, so that a large amount of transmission resources can be saved.
- the set of TTIs includes a first TTI and at least one second TTI
- the method further includes: transmitting, to the second network device, a reference signal of each TTI in the set of TTIs, where a reference signal of the first TTI occupies a resource size greater than or equal to a reference of each of the second TTIs The amount of resources occupied by the signal.
- the first network device schedules a set of TTIs for the second network device, and the first network device may send the reference signal of each TTI to the second network device in the corresponding TTI, where the reference signal of the first TTI can perform channel estimation independently.
- the second TTI needs to refer to all or part of the TTI reference signals before the TTI in the TTI.
- the resource size occupied by the reference signal of the first TTI is greater than or equal to the resource size occupied by the reference signal of each second TTI.
- the resource size can be represented by the number of resource units, so that the reference signal of the second TTI occupies less transmission resources. Thereby saving transmission resources.
- a network device comprising a receiver, a processor, and a transmitter, wherein:
- the receiver is configured to receive, by the first network device, a data channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of transmission time intervals TTI, where the set of TTIs includes a first TTI and at least one second TTI
- the processor is configured to acquire a first process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI, and determine, according to the first process identifier, a second process identifier of each of the at least one second TTI;
- the processor is configured to generate response information corresponding to the set of TTIs respectively according to the receiving conditions of the data channels corresponding to the set of TTIs; the transmitter is configured to respectively use the set of TTIs
- the response information corresponding to each TTI is sent to the first network device.
- the processor is configured to: acquire time domain range information of the set of TTIs, and determine, according to the time domain range information, The first TTI and the at least one second TTI included in a set of TTIs; the receiver, configured to receive a data channel corresponding to each of the first TTI and the at least one second TTI, respectively.
- determining, according to the time domain range information, the first TTI included in the group of TTIs and The at least one second TTI includes any one of the following situations: when the time domain range information indicates that the number of TTIs included in the group of TTIs is N, determining the set of TTIs The included TTI is the first TTI and consecutive N-1 second TTIs after the first TTI; and the time domain range information indicates the first TTI and the last one of the set of TTIs In the case of a time interval of the TTI, determining that the TTI included in the set of TTIs is the first TTI and all second TTIs after the first TTI and within the time interval; When the time domain range information indicates the effective time range of the control information corresponding to the first TTI, determining the TTI included in the set of TTIs according to the effective time range of the control information corresponding to the first TTI For the first TTI and after the first TTI
- the processor is configured to: acquire a preset and the first TTI a first process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the medium; or the receiver, configured to receive a control channel corresponding to the first TTI sent by the first network device, where the processor is configured to acquire the control a first process identifier carried in the channel, where the first process identifier is a process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI of the set of TTIs; or the processor is configured to correspond to the set of TTIs And obtaining, by the common control channel, a first process identifier, where the first process identifier is a process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI of the group of TTIs.
- the processor is configured to: obtain a preset maximum number of processes, and between the first TTI and the Nth second TTI
- the TTI interval N is obtained by dividing the sum of the first process identifier and the TTI interval N by the maximum number of processes, and the obtained remainder is determined as the second process identifier of the Nth second TTI, where And N is a positive integer; or, the preset maximum number of processes, and the TTI interval P between the first TTI and the first second TTI; and the first process identifier and the TTI interval P And dividing by the maximum number of processes, the obtained remainder is determined as the second process identifier of the first second TTI, where, P a positive integer; obtaining a second process identifier of the Nth second TTI, and a TTI interval Q of the N+1 second TTI and the Nth second TTI, where the Nth second TTI is The sum of the second process identifier and the TTI interval Q, divided by the maximum
- the processor is configured to: acquire time domain range information of the preset one set of TTIs; or The receiver is configured to receive a control channel corresponding to the first TTI that is sent by the first network device, where the processor is configured to acquire the one that is carried in the control channel corresponding to the first TTI Time domain range information of the group TTI; or the processor, configured to acquire time domain range information of the set of TTIs by using a common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs.
- the receiver configured to receive the a control channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of TTIs, where the control channel corresponding to the first TTI carries control information corresponding to the first TTI, and each control channel corresponding to the second TTI carries And the change information of the control information corresponding to the first TTI, the change information includes: the control information of the second TTI corresponding to the first TTI The incremental control information of the control information, or the control information updated by the control information corresponding to the second TTI with respect to the control information corresponding to the first TTI; the processor, configured to control according to the first TTI The information and the change information corresponding to each of the second TTIs respectively determine control information corresponding to each of the second TTIs; the processor is configured to use, according to the control information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, For the one TTI in each TTI corresponding data channel to demodulate
- the receiver configured to receive the a common control channel corresponding to a set of TTIs, and a control channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, wherein the common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs carries common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs,
- the control information corresponding to each TTI carries the change information of the control information corresponding to each TTI with respect to the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs, and the change information includes: the common control of each TTI Incremental control information of the information relative to the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs, or control information updated by the control information corresponding to each TTI with respect to the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs; the processor And determining, according to the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs and the change information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, the control information
- the receiver is configured to: receive, by the first network device, a reference signal of each TTI in a set of TTIs, where a reference signal of the first TTI occupies a resource size greater than or equal to a resource size occupied by a reference signal of each of the second TTIs; For the first TTI, performing channel estimation on the first TTI according to the reference signal of the first TTI; the processor, configured to use any one of the second TTIs according to any one of the TTIs a reference signal of the TTI, and all or part of the reference signals in the reference signals of the TTIs before the any one of the TTIs, performing channel estimation on the any TTI; the processor, configured to: Determining each TTI of the set of TTIs according to control information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs and corresponding channel estimation results Corresponding data channels are used for demodulating and decoding the data channel
- the transmitter is configured to: the last one of the set of TTIs
- the response information corresponding to each TTI of the set of TTIs is sent to the first network device by using a control channel in a TTI or a TTI other than the set of TTIs.
- the transmitter is further configured to: In a TTI before a set of TTIs, scheduling information corresponding to a data channel of each TTI in the set of TTIs is sent to the first network device by using a control channel.
- a network device comprising a transmitter, a receiver, and a processor, wherein:
- the transmitter is configured to send, to the second network device, a data channel corresponding to each TTI of the set of TTIs of the second network device, where the receiver is configured to receive the second network device according to the data
- the response information corresponding to each TTI of the set of TTIs fed back by the receiving condition of the channel; the processor, configured to perform hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ processing according to the received response information.
- the set of TTIs includes a first TTI and at least one second TTI
- the control channel corresponding to the first TTI carries the foregoing a process identifier of a transport block of the TTI, where the control channel corresponding to the second TTI does not carry a process identifier of the transport block; or the common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs carries the first TTI
- the process identifier of the transport block, where the control channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs does not carry the process identifier of the transport block.
- the processor is further configured to determine time domain range information of the set of TTIs; the transmitter is further configured to Transmitting, by the second network device, a control channel of each TTI in the set of TTIs, where the control channel corresponding to the first TTI carries time domain range information of the set of TTIs; or, the transmitter is further used Transmitting, to the second network device, a common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs, where the common control channel carries time domain range information of the set of TTIs.
- the time domain range information of the set of TTIs is: the number of TTIs in the set of TTIs, or The time interval between the first TTI and the last TTI in the set of TTIs, or the effective time range of the control information corresponding to the first TTI in the set of TTIs, or the effective time of the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs range.
- the set of TTIs includes a first TTI and at least one second TTI
- the processor is further configured to: respectively determine, according to the change information of the control information corresponding to the second TTI, the control information corresponding to the first TTI, where the change information includes: the control corresponding to the second TTI The incremental control information of the information relative to the control information corresponding to the first TTI, or the control information updated by the control information corresponding to the second TTI with respect to the control information corresponding to the first TTI; the transmitter, And transmitting, by the second network device, a control channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, where the control channel corresponding to the first TTI carries control information corresponding to the first TTI, where each Each of the control channels corresponding to the second TTI carries change information corresponding to each of the second TTIs.
- the processor is further configured to: determine change information of control information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs relative to common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs, where the change information includes: The incremental control information of the common control information of each TTI relative to the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs, or the control of the control information corresponding to each TTI relative to the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs
- the transmitter is further configured to send, to the second network device, a common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs, and a control channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of TTIs, where the set of TTIs corresponds to a common
- the control channel carries the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs, where the control channel corresponding to each TTI carries the common control information corresponding to the control information of each TTI with respect to the set of TTIs. Change information.
- the set of TTIs includes a first TTI and at least one second TTI
- the transmitter is further configured to: send, to the second network device, a reference signal of each TTI in the set of TTIs, where a reference signal of the first TTI occupies a resource size greater than or equal to each of the second TTIs The size of the resource occupied by the reference signal.
- a network device where the network device includes:
- a receiving module configured to receive, by the first network device, a data channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of transmission time intervals TTI, where the set of TTIs includes a first TTI and at least one second TTI; a module, configured to acquire a first process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI, and a determining module, configured to determine, according to the first process identifier, a second process identifier of each of the at least one second TTI; a generating module, configured to generate response information corresponding to the set of TTIs respectively according to the receiving situation of the data channel corresponding to the set of TTIs; and a sending module, configured to respectively use each TTI in the set of TTIs Corresponding response information is sent to the first network device.
- the receiving module includes a determining submodule and a receiving submodule, where: the determining submodule is configured to acquire the set of TTIs Time domain range information, and determining, according to the time domain range information, the first TTI and the at least one second TTI included in the set of TTIs; the receiving submodule, configured to receive the A data channel corresponding to each of the first TTI and the at least one second TTI.
- the determining submodule is configured to: include, in the time domain range information, the group of TTIs If the number of TTIs is N, determining that the TTIs included in the set of TTIs are the first TTI and consecutive N-1 second TTIs after the first TTI; If the domain range information indicates a time interval between the first TTI and the last TTI in the set of TTIs, determining that the TTI included in the set of TTIs is the first TTI and in the first All the second TTIs after the TTI and in the time interval; in the case that the time domain range information indicates the effective time range of the control information corresponding to the first TTI, according to the control corresponding to the first TTI The effective time range of the information, determining that the TTI included in the set of TTIs is the first TTI and all the second TTIs that are after the first TTI and are within the effective time range of the control information; The time domain range information
- the acquiring module is configured to: acquire a preset and the first TTI The first process corresponding to the transport block in And the receiving module is configured to receive a control channel corresponding to the first TTI that is sent by the first network device, where the acquiring module is configured to acquire a first process identifier carried in the control channel, where The first process identifier is a process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI of the set of TTIs; or the acquiring module is configured to obtain the first process by using a common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs And the first process identifier is a process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI in the set of TTIs.
- the acquiring module is configured to obtain a preset maximum number of processes, and between the first TTI and the Nth second TTI a determining module, configured to divide the sum of the first process identifier and the TTI interval N by the maximum number of processes, and obtain a remainder that is determined to be the Nth second TTI a second process identifier, where N is a positive integer; or the acquiring module is configured to obtain a preset maximum number of processes, and a TTI interval P between the first TTI and the first second TTI; a determining module, configured to divide the sum of the first process identifier and the TTI interval P by the maximum number of processes, and obtain a remainder, which is determined as a second process identifier of the first second TTI, The P is a positive integer, and the acquiring module is configured to obtain a second process identifier of the Nth second TTI, and a TTI interval Q of the N+1th second TTI and the Nth
- the acquiring module is configured to: obtain time domain range information of the preset one set of TTIs; or The receiving module is configured to receive the control channel corresponding to the first TTI that is sent by the first network device, where the acquiring module is configured to acquire the one that is carried in the control channel corresponding to the first TTI The time domain range information of the group of TTIs; or the acquiring module, configured to acquire time domain range information of the set of TTIs by using a common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs.
- the receiving module is further configured to receive, by the first network device, a control channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of TTIs, where the control channel corresponding to the first TTI carries control information corresponding to the first TTI, and each control channel corresponding to the second TTI is respectively And carrying the change information of the control information corresponding to the second TTI with respect to the control information corresponding to the first TTI, where the change information includes: the control information of the second TTI is corresponding to the first TTI Incremental control information of the control information, or control information updated by the control information corresponding to the second TTI with respect to the control information corresponding to the first TTI; the determining module is further configured to correspond to the first TTI The control information and the change information corresponding to each of the second TTIs respectively determine control information corresponding to each of the second TTIs; the determining module is further configured to: according to each TTI of the
- the receiving module is further configured to receive, by the first network device, a common control channel corresponding to a set of TTIs, and a control channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, where the common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs carries the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs.
- the control information corresponding to each TTI carries the change information of the control information corresponding to each TTI with respect to the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs, where the change information includes: the common of each TTI Incremental control information of control information relative to common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs, or common control of control information corresponding to each TTI with respect to the set of TTIs Control information of the information update; the determining module is further configured to determine, according to the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs and the change information corresponding to each TTI of the set of TTIs, respectively, the control corresponding to each TTI The determining module is further configured to: perform demodulation and decoding of a data channel on a data channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs according to control information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, Determining the reception status of the data channel corresponding to each TTI.
- the receiving module is further configured to receive, by the first network device, a reference signal of each TTI in a set of TTIs, where the reference signal of the first TTI occupies a resource size greater than or equal to a resource size occupied by a reference signal of each of the second TTIs;
- the network device further includes: An estimation module, configured, for the first TTI, to perform channel estimation on the first TTI according to the reference signal of the first TTI;
- the estimating module configured to use, for any TTI in the second TTI, Channel estimation of any one of the TTIs according to the reference signal of any one of the TTIs and all or part of the reference signals of the reference signals of the TTIs before the any one of the TTIs;
- a determining module configured to perform demodulation and translation of a data channel for each data channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs according to control information corresponding to each T
- the sending module is configured to use a last TTI in the set of TTIs
- the response information corresponding to each TTI of the set of TTIs is sent to the first network device by using a control channel, for example, in a TTI or a set of TTIs.
- the sending module is further configured to be in the first TTI or the The scheduling information corresponding to the data channel of each TTI in the set of TTIs is sent to the first network device by using a control channel in a TTI before a set of TTIs.
- a network device where the network device includes:
- a sending module configured to send, to the second network device, a data channel corresponding to each TTI of the set of TTIs of the second network device, and a receiving module, configured to receive, according to the data channel, the second network device
- the feedback information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs is fed back; the processing module is configured to perform hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ processing according to the received response information.
- the set of TTIs includes a first TTI and at least one second TTI
- the control channel corresponding to the first TTI carries the foregoing a process identifier of a transport block of the TTI, where the control channel corresponding to the second TTI does not carry a process identifier of the transport block; or the common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs carries the first TTI
- the process identifier of the transport block, where the control channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs does not carry the process identifier of the transport block.
- the network device further includes: a determining module, configured to determine time domain range information of the set of TTIs; Transmitting, to the second network device, a control channel of each TTI in the set of TTIs, where the control channel corresponding to the first TTI carries time domain range information of the set of TTIs; or, the sending The module is further configured to send, to the second network device, a common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs, where the common control channel carries time domain range information of the set of TTIs.
- the time domain range information of the set of TTIs is: the number of TTIs in the set of TTIs, or The time interval between the first TTI and the last TTI in the set of TTIs, or the effective time range of the control information corresponding to the first TTI in the set of TTIs, or the effective time of the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs range.
- the set of TTIs includes a first TTI and at least one second TTI, a determining module, configured to determine, respectively, change information of control information corresponding to each of the second TTIs, and control information corresponding to the first TTI, where the change information includes: control corresponding to the second TTI The incremental control information of the information relative to the control information corresponding to the first TTI, or the control information updated by the control information corresponding to the second TTI with respect to the control information corresponding to the first TTI;
- the sending module is further configured to send, to the second network device, a control channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, where the control channel corresponding to the first TTI carries the control corresponding to the first TTI And information, each of the control channels corresponding to the second TTI carries change information corresponding to each of the second TTIs.
- the determining module is further configured to determine each TTI in the set of TTIs Corresponding control information, with respect to the change information of the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs, the change information includes: an increment of the common control information of each TTI relative to the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs Control information, or control information that is updated by the control information corresponding to each TTI with respect to the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs; the sending module is further configured to send the group to the second network device a common control channel corresponding to the TTI, and a control channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, where the common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs carries common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs, where each TTI corresponds to The control channel carries the change information of the control information corresponding to each TTI with respect to the common control information corresponding to
- the set of TTIs includes a first TTI and at least one second TTI
- the sending module is further configured to: send, to the second network device, a reference signal of each TTI in the set of TTIs, where a reference signal of the first TTI occupies a resource size greater than or equal to each of the second The resource size occupied by the TTI reference signal.
- a system for data transmission comprising a first network device and a second network device, wherein:
- the first network device is configured to send, to the second network device, a data channel corresponding to each TTI of a set of TTIs of the second network device; and receive, according to the data channel, the second network device The response information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs fed back; the hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ process is performed according to the received response information; the second network device is configured to receive the first network device And a data channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of transmission time interval TTIs, wherein the set of TTIs includes a first TTI and at least one second TTI; and obtaining a transport block in the first TTI And corresponding to the first process identifier, and determining, according to the first process identifier, a second process identifier of each of the at least one second TTI; and generating, according to the receiving situation of the data channel corresponding to the group of TTIs respectively
- the response information corresponding to each group of TTIs is respectively sent to the first network device, and the response information corresponding to each
- the second network device receives, by the first network device, a data channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of transmission time intervals TTI, where the set of TTIs includes the first TTI and the at least one second Determining, by the TTI, a first process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI, and determining, according to the first process identifier, a second process identifier of each of the at least one second TTI, according to receiving the data channel corresponding to the group of TTIs respectively
- the response information corresponding to each group of TTIs is generated, and the response information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs is sent to the first network device.
- the first network device transmits a set of TTI data to the second network device, it does not need to carry the process identifier of the transport block of each TTI, thereby saving a large amount of transmission resources.
- FIG. 1(a) is a schematic diagram of a system framework provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 1(b) is a schematic diagram of a system framework provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a second network device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a first network device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of downlink transmission of an FDD according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of downlink transmission of TDD according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 7(a) is a schematic diagram of TDD downlink feedback hybrid automatic repeat request response information provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 7(b) is a schematic diagram of TDD uplink feedback hybrid automatic repeat request response information provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 8(a) is a schematic diagram of TDD downlink feedback hybrid automatic repeat request response information provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 8(b) is a schematic diagram of TDD uplink feedback hybrid automatic repeat request response information provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 9 is a flowchart of transmission control information according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 10 is a flowchart of transmission control information according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of public control information of FDD downlink transmission according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of TDD downlink transmission common control information according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 13 is a flowchart of a transmission reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of TDD uplink transmission scheduling information according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a second network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a second network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a second network device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of a first network device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram of a first network device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- An embodiment of the present invention provides a data transmission method, which may be configured by a first network device and a second network.
- the first network device and the second network device may be a terminal or a base station.
- the second network device may be a terminal
- the first network device is a terminal
- the second network device may be Base station.
- the terminal may also be referred to as a User Equipment (UE), a Mobile Station (MS), a Mobile Terminal (Mobile Terminal), etc., for example, the terminal may be a mobile phone, a computer having a mobile terminal, etc., for example, a terminal.
- UE User Equipment
- MS Mobile Station
- Mobile Terminal Mobile Terminal
- the base station may be a Base Transceiver Station (BTS) in GSM or CDMA, or may be a base station (NodeB, NB) in WCDMA, or may be an evolved Node B (eNB or e-NodeB) in LTE.
- BTS Base Transceiver Station
- NodeB, NB base station
- eNB evolved Node B
- LTE Long Term Evolution
- the first network device may send a data channel of each TTI in a set of TTIs to the second network device, where the second network device may receive data corresponding to each TTI in the set of transmission time intervals TTI sent by the first network device.
- the second network device may acquire the first process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI, and determine at least one according to the first process identifier The second process identifier of each of the two TTIs, and then generates response information corresponding to a group of TTIs respectively according to the reception status of the data channels corresponding to the group of TTIs, and the first network device receives the reception status of the second network device according to the data channel. And the feedback information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs is fed back, and the hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ process is performed according to the received response information. As shown in Fig.
- Fig. 1(a) shows downlink transmission, that is, the base station transmits data information to the terminal
- Fig. 1(b) shows uplink transmission, that is, the terminal transmits data information to the base station.
- the second network device may include a receiver 210, a processor 220, a transmitter 230, and the receiver 210 and the transmitter 230 may be respectively connected to the processor 220, as shown in FIG.
- Receiver 210 can be used to receive messages or data.
- Receiver 210 can include, but is not limited to, an antenna, at least one amplifier, a tuner, one or more oscillators, a coupler, a Low Noise Amplifier (LNA), a dual Tools, etc.
- the processor 220 can be a control center of the second network device that connects various portions of the entire second network device, such as the receiver 210 and the transmitter 230, using various interfaces and lines.
- the processor 220 may be configured to determine a process for processing a process identifier of a transport block in a set of TTIs.
- the processor 220 may include one or more processing units; optionally, the processor 220
- the application processor and the modem processor can be integrated, wherein the application processor mainly processes the operating system, the modem processor mainly processes the wireless communication, and the processor 220 can also be a digital signal processor, an application specific integrated circuit, and a field programmable Gate arrays or other programmable logic devices.
- the first network device may include a processor 310, a transmitter 320, a receiver 330, and the transmitter 320 and the receiver 330 may be respectively connected to the processor 310, as shown in FIG.
- Receiver 330 can be used to receive messages or data, and receiver 330 can include, but is not limited to, an antenna, at least one amplifier, a tuner, one or more oscillators, a coupler, an LNA, a duplexer, and the like.
- the processor 310 may be configured to schedule a TTI related process for the terminal, or determine a set of TTIs corresponding to the second network device, and the processor 310 may include one or more processing units; the processor 310 It can be a general-purpose processor, including a central processing unit (CPU), a network processor (NP), etc.; or a digital signal processor (DSP) or an application specific integrated circuit (Application Specific) Integrated Circuit (ASIC), Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices.
- the program can include program code, the program code including computer operating instructions.
- LTE Long Term Evolution
- FDD Frequency Division Duplex
- UMTS Universal Mobile Telecommunication System
- OFDM Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing
- the LTE system is taken as an example, but the embodiment of the present invention is not applicable to the LTE system.
- any wireless communication system that performs data transmission by scheduling may adopt the solution provided by the embodiment of the present invention.
- the data channel can be used to carry data information, which can be an uplink data channel or a downlink data channel.
- the Control Channel can be used to carry control information.
- the control channel can be a Broadcast Control Channel (BCCH), a Common Control Channel (CCCH), and a Dedicated Control Channel (DCCH).
- BCCH Broadcast Control Channel
- CCCH Common Control Channel
- DCCH Dedicated Control Channel
- the control channel is a dedicated control channel.
- Reference Signal is used in the physical layer and does not carry data information, such as Demodulation Reference Signal (DMRS) for uplink, and Sounding Reference Signal (SRS) for downlink.
- DMRS Demodulation Reference Signal
- SRS Sounding Reference Signal
- a Cell-specific Reference Signal (CRS) is used for a downlink UE-specific Reference Signal (URS) or a Group-specific Reference Signal (GRS) for downlink.
- URS UE-specific Reference Signal
- GRS Group-specific Reference Signal
- the processing procedure of the method may include the following steps:
- step 401 the first network device sends, to the second network device, a data channel corresponding to each TTI of the set of TTIs of the second network device.
- the first network device may determine a set of TTIs scheduled by the second network device, and the set of TTIs may include multiple TTIs.
- the TTIs may be consecutive in the time domain or may be discontinuous in the time domain.
- the multiple TTIs are associated with each other. For example, if the control information corresponding to each TTI has the same part, the first network device may send the determination to the second network device.
- a data channel of each TTI in a set of TTIs, where the data channel of each TTI carries corresponding data and the first network device may carry the indication that the TTI is in the control information corresponding to the first TTI of each group of TTIs.
- the identifier of the first TTI is a data channel of each TTI in a set of TTIs.
- the second network device receives, by the first network device, a data channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of transmission time intervals TTI, where the set of TTIs includes the first TTI and the at least one second TTI.
- the first TTI is the first TTI
- the first TTI is the first TTI in the set of TTIs
- the second TTI is the other TTIs except the first TTI in the set of TTIs.
- the second network device may view the identifier of the network device corresponding to each TTI, and if the identifier of the network device in the TTI is the identifier of the second network device, receive the data channel of the TTI, if a TTI The identifier of the network device in the network is not the identifier of the second network device, and the data channel of the TTI is not received. In this way, the second network device can receive a data channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of TTIs, where the data channel carries data transmitted by the first network device to the second network device.
- the second network device may determine each TTI in a set of TTIs according to a time domain range corresponding to the set of TTIs, and the corresponding step 402 may be processed as follows:
- the second network device acquires the time domain range information of the set of TTIs, and determines the first TTI and the at least one second TTI included in the set of TTIs according to the time domain range information;
- the time domain range information is used to directly or indirectly reflect the range of the TTI in the time domain.
- the time domain range information may be the number of TTIs in a group of TTIs, that is, how many TTIs are included in a group of TTIs. Or the time interval between the first TTI and the last TTI in a set of TTIs, that is, the time interval between receiving the first TTI and receiving the last TTI in a set of TTIs, or the control information corresponding to the first TTI in a set of TTIs.
- the effective time range or the effective time range of the common control information corresponding to a set of TTIs The detailed explanation is described in detail later.
- the second network device may acquire time domain range information of a set of TTIs (method of acquiring time domain range information is described in detail later), and then determine each of a set of TTIs according to time domain range information of a set of TTIs. Second TTI.
- the second network device may respectively receive the first TTI sent by the first network device, and each second TTI.
- time domain range information there are several ways to obtain time domain range information. Several possible ways are given below:
- the second network device acquires time domain range information of a preset set of TTIs.
- the technician may preset the time domain range information of the set of TTIs that the first network device schedules for the second network device, and store the information into the first network device and the second network device, where the second network device receives the corresponding After the data channel of the first TTI in a set of TTIs, the second network device may obtain preset time domain range information of each group of TTIs.
- the second network device receives the control channel corresponding to the first TTI that is sent by the first network device, and acquires time domain range information of a group of TTIs carried in the control channel corresponding to the first TTI.
- the first network device when the first network device schedules a set of TTIs for the second network device, the first network device may carry the time domain range information in the control channel corresponding to the first TTI in the set of TTIs. After receiving the control channel corresponding to the first TTI in the TTI, the second network device may obtain the time domain range information carried in the control channel corresponding to the first TTI, and use the time domain range information of the set of TTIs.
- the second network device obtains time domain range information of a set of TTIs through a common control channel corresponding to the TTI.
- the first network device may carry time domain range information of a set of TTIs in a common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs.
- the second network device may obtain the time domain range information carried in the common control channel corresponding to the TTI and use it as the time domain range information of the TTI.
- the first network device may also carry the time domain range of each group of TTIs only in the control channel corresponding to the first TTI in the first group of TTIs scheduled for the second network device.
- the information when the second network device obtains the time domain range information carried by the control channel corresponding to the first TTI in the first group of TTIs, the time domain range information may be used as each group scheduled by the first network device for the second network device.
- the time domain range information of the TTI the first network device does not carry the time domain range information of a set of TTIs in the control channel corresponding to the first TTI in each group of TTIs scheduled for the second network device.
- the first network device may also carry the time domain range information of each group of TTIs only in the common control channel corresponding to the first group of TTIs scheduled for the second network device, and when the second network device receives the first group of TTIs, Time domain range information carried by the common control channel, the time domain range information may be used as time domain range information of each group of TTIs scheduled by the first network device for the second network device, and the first network device is next Network equipment The time domain range information of a set of TTIs is no longer carried in the common control channel corresponding to each group of TTIs.
- the first TTI and the at least one second TTI in the set of TTIs are determined according to the time domain range information of the set of TTIs, and may include any one of the following conditions:
- the time domain range information indicates that the number of TTIs included in a group of TTIs is N, determining that the TTIs included in one set of TTIs are the first TTI and the consecutive N-1 second TTIs after the first TTI ;
- the time domain range information indicates the time interval between the first TTI and the last TTI in a set of TTIs
- it is determined that the TTI included in the set of TTIs is the first TTI and after the first TTI and at the time interval All second TTIs within;
- the time domain range information indicates the effective time range of the control information corresponding to the first TTI, determining, according to the effective time range of the control information corresponding to the first TTI, determining that the TTI included in the set of TTIs is the first TTI and All second TTIs after the first TTI and within the effective time range of the control information;
- the TTI included in the TTI is determined to be the first TTI according to the effective time range of the common control information corresponding to the TTI. And all second TTIs after the first TTI and within the effective time range of the common control information.
- the time domain range information may be the number of TTIs in a set of TTIs
- the second network device may obtain the number N of a set of TTIs
- the second network device receives the Nth after determining the first TTI in the set of TTIs.
- - 1 TTI which is the second TTI of the set of TTIs except the first TTI.
- the time domain range information may be a time interval between the first TTI and the last TTI in the set of TTIs, and the second network device may obtain a time interval between the first TTI and the last TTI in the first TTI, at the time.
- the second network device receives the TTI corresponding to the self-scheduling, that is, all the second TTIs except the first TTI in the group of TTIs.
- the time domain range information may be an effective time range of the control information corresponding to the first TTI
- the second network device may obtain an effective time range of the control information corresponding to the first TTI, where the first TTI is included in the effective time range.
- the second network device receives the TTI scheduled by the first network device, that is, all the second TTIs except a first TTI in a group of TTIs. For example, if the control information effective time range of the first TTI is 10 minutes, the second network device starts timing from the data channel that receives the first TTI, and the TTI received within 10 minutes is the first TTI of the group of TTIs. All second TTIs outside.
- the time domain range information may be a valid time range of the common control information corresponding to the TTI, and the second network device may obtain the effective time range of the common control information corresponding to the TTI, in the effective time range, except the first
- the second network device receives the TTI corresponding to itself, that is, all TTIs except a first TTI in a group of TTIs. For example, if the control information effective time range of a group of TTIs is 10 minutes, the second network device starts counting from the data channel that receives the first TTI, and the TTI received within 10 minutes is all TTIs in a group of TTIs.
- the first TTI is included, and at least one second TTI is also included.
- the second network device acquires a first process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI, and determines a second process identifier of each of the at least one second TTI according to the first process identifier.
- the first process identifier is a process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI in the set of TTIs.
- the second network device in the control information of the received TTI, parses the identifier indicating that the TTI is the first TTI, determines that the TTI is the first TTI, and then the second network device can obtain the first The first process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the TTI, and when the second TTI is subsequently received, the second process of the second TTI may be determined.
- the process of determining the first process identifier and the second process identifier is described in detail later.
- the second network device there are multiple manners for the second network device to obtain the first process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI, and three optional manners are given as follows:
- the second network device acquires a preset first process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI.
- the technician may preset, in the first network device and the second network device, a first process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI in each group of TTIs, and store the first process identifiers on the first network device and the second network device.
- the first process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI in each group of TTIs may be preset to be 0, and stored in the first network device and the second network device, when the second network device or the second network
- the device may determine that the first process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI is 0.
- the second network device receives the control channel corresponding to the first TTI sent by the first network device, and obtains the first process identifier carried in the control channel, where the first process identifier is a transport block corresponding to the first TTI in the set of TTIs. Process ID.
- each TTI of the group of TTIs corresponds to the control channel
- the control channel may carry control information, where the control information may include resource allocation information and
- the modulation coding mode and the like may also carry the first process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI in the control channel corresponding to the first TTI in each group of TTIs.
- the second network device may receive the control channel corresponding to the first TTI, where the control channel carries the first process identifier of the transport block in the first TTI, and the second network device obtains the transmission in the first TTI from the control channel.
- the first process ID of the block may be received from the control channel corresponding to the first TTI, where the control channel carries the first process identifier of the transport block in the first TTI, and the second network device obtains the transmission in the first TTI from the control channel.
- the first process ID of the block may be received from the control channel corresponding to the first TTI, where the control channel carries the first process identifier of the transport block in the first
- the second network device obtains the first process identifier by using a common control channel corresponding to the TTI, where the first process identifier is a process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI in the group of TTIs.
- each group of TTIs may have a common control channel, and the common control channel corresponding to a group of TTIs may be before a group of TTIs, or first In the TTI, the first network device transmits to the second network device.
- the first network device may carry the first process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI in the common control channel.
- the second network device may receive a common control channel corresponding to a set of TTIs, where the common control channel carries a first process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI of the set of TTIs.
- the second network device may further receive a common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs that the first network device schedules for the second network device, and then obtain, from the common control channel, the first process corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI that is carried. logo.
- the second process identifier there are multiple ways to determine the second process identifier of each of the at least one second TTI. Two possible ways are as follows:
- the preset maximum number of processes is obtained, and the TTI interval N between the first TTI and the Nth second TTI is obtained; the sum of the first process identifier and the TTI interval N is divided by the maximum number of processes, and the remainder is obtained. And determining a second process identifier of the Nth second TTI, where N is a positive integer.
- the technician can preset the maximum number of processes and store them in the first network device and the second network device.
- the second network device receives the data channel of the Nth second TTI, and can obtain the maximum number of processes stored in advance, and divides the time between receiving the first TTI and the time of receiving the Nth second TTI. Taking a TTI, the obtained quotient, determining that the TTI interval between the second TTI and the first TTI is N, and then dividing the sum of the first process identifier and the TTI interval N by the maximum number of processes, and obtaining the remainder, The second process identifier of the Nth second TTI.
- the preset maximum number of processes is 3, the first process identifier is 0, the time interval between the time when the first TTI is received and the time when the second second TTI is received is 30 ms, divided by one TTI (10 ms), The quotient obtained is 3, the first TTI and the second second The TTI interval N between the TTIs is 3.
- the first process identifier 0 and the TTI interval 3 are added to obtain 3, divided by the maximum number of processes 3, and the obtained remainder is 0.
- the second second TTI is second.
- the process ID is 0.
- one TTI corresponds to one transport block
- one Round Trip Time includes two TTIs (with the process ID being 0 and the process ID being 1 as an example).
- the number of processes is 2, the first network device schedules a TTI in the TTI for the second network device, and the process identifier of the transport block in which the second network device obtains the first TTI is 0, and receives the first second.
- the process identifier of the transport block that determines the first second TTI is calculated to be 1 according to the process identifier 0, the maximum number of processes, and the TTI interval of the first TTI, and the second second TTI is received.
- the process identifier of the transport block of the second second TTI is determined to be 0 according to the process identifier 0, the maximum number of processes, and the TTI interval of the first TTI, and so on, determining the second TTI in the set of TTIs. Process ID.
- the preset maximum number of processes is obtained, and the TTI interval P between the first TTI and the first second TTI is obtained; the sum of the first process identifier and the TTI interval P is divided by the maximum number of processes, and the remainder is obtained. Determining, as a second process identifier of the first second TTI, where P is a positive integer;
- the technician can preset the maximum number of processes and store them in the first network device and the second network device.
- the second network device may acquire the preset maximum number of processes, and the time interval between the time when the first TTI is received and the time when the first second TTI is received Dividing by a TTI, the obtained quotient is determined as the TTI interval P between the first TTI and the first second TTI, and then the sum of the TTI interval P and the first process identifier is divided by the preset maximum number of processes. The remainder obtained is the second process identifier of the first second TTI.
- the second network device has received the data channel of the Nth second TTI before receiving the data channel of the (N+1)th second TTI, and the second network device determines the second of the N+1th second TTI
- the maximum number of processes stored in advance may be obtained, and the second process identifier of the Nth second TTI determined before is obtained, and then the time of receiving the Nth second TTI and the time of the N+1th TTI are received.
- the time interval is divided by a TTI, and the obtained quotient is determined as the TTI interval Q of the Nth second TTI and the N+1th second TTI, and the second process identifier of the Nth second TTI is separated from the TTI.
- the sum of Q is divided by the preset maximum number of processes, and the remainder obtained is the second process identifier of the N+1th second TTI.
- the preset maximum number of processes is 4, the time interval between the third second TTI and the fourth second TTI is 30 ms, one TTI is 10 ms, and the third second TTI and the fourth The time interval between the two TTIs is 3 TTIs, and the second process ID of the third second TTI is 3, and the second process ID of the fourth second TTI is 2.
- one TTI corresponds to one transport block
- one RTT includes two TTIs (with the process ID being 0 and the process ID being 1 as an example), and the maximum number of processes is 2, the first network.
- the device schedules, for the second network device, a set of TTIs that include three TTIs, and the second network device obtains the process identifier of the transport block of the first TTI to be 0, and after receiving the data channel of the first second TTI, may determine The process identifier of the transport block of the first second TTI is 1.
- the second process ID 1 of the first second TTI may be added to the TTI interval 1. Dividing by the maximum number of processes 2, the remainder is 0, the process identifier of the second second TTI transport block is 0, and so on, determining the process identifier of the second TTI in a set of TTIs.
- step 404 the second network device generates response information corresponding to a group of TTIs according to the reception status of the data channels corresponding to a group of TTIs.
- the second network device may perform demodulation and decoding processing on the data channel for receiving the data channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, and determine whether the data channel can be correctly demodulated or decoded. If the data channel corresponding to a TTI can be correctly demodulated and correctly decoded, it is determined that the response information corresponding to the TTI is an ACK. If the data channel corresponding to a TTI cannot be correctly demodulated, or cannot be correctly decoded, then it is determined. The response information corresponding to the TTI is NACK, so that the response information corresponding to each TTI in a group of TTIs can be determined.
- step 405 the second network device sends response information corresponding to each TTI in a set of TTIs to the first network device.
- the first TTI and the at least one second TTI are included in the TTI, and the second network device receives the data channel of the first TTI and determines the response information corresponding to the first TTI.
- the response information of the TTI is sent to the first network device, and the first second TTI is received, the response information of the first second TTI is determined, and then the response information corresponding to the first second TTI is sent to the first network device. And so on, sending response information corresponding to each TTI in a set of TTIs to the first network device.
- the first TTI and the at least one second TTI are included in the TTI
- the second network device receives the data channel of the first TTI, and determines the response information corresponding to the first TTI
- the second network device may The transmission is switched to the uplink transmission, and the response information corresponding to the first TTI is sent to the first network device.
- the uplink transmission may be switched to the downlink transmission, and the data channel of the first second TTI is received, and the response of the first second TTI is determined.
- the second network device switches the downlink transmission to the uplink transmission, and sends the response information corresponding to the first second TTI to the first network device. And so on, the response information corresponding to each TTI in a set of TTIs is sent to the first network device.
- step 405 a method for feeding back response information corresponding to data information of each TTI in a set of TTIs is provided.
- the processing of step 405 may be as follows:
- the response information corresponding to each TTI in a set of TTIs is sent to the first network device by using a control channel in a TTI in a TTI or a TTI in a group of TTIs.
- the first network device transmits data to the second network device, and after receiving the first TTI in the set of TTIs, the second network device may determine data of all TTIs in a set of TTIs according to the time domain range information. After the channel is all received, the response information corresponding to each TTI can be obtained, and the second network device can feed back the response information corresponding to each TTI in the TTI to the first network device by using any one of the TTIs. The switching overhead of downlink transmission and uplink transmission can be reduced. However, in order to reduce the data buffer, the second network device may feed back the response information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs to the first network device in the first TTI after the set of TTIs. For example, as shown in FIG.
- the first network device schedules, for the second network device, a set of TTIs that include two TTIs, and the second network device can receive the first TTI of the set of TTIs.
- the second network device may feed back, by using one TTI, the response information corresponding to the two TTIs in the set of TTIs to the first network device, where 7(a) and 7(b) show TDD downlink transmission and TDD uplink transmission, respectively.
- the second network device may also feed back, to the first network device, response information corresponding to each TTI in a set of TTIs in a last TTI in a set of TTIs, that is, a set of TTIs includes N TTIs, first
- the TTI to the N-1th second TTI is a downlink transmission
- the Nth second TTI is switched to the uplink transmission after the downlink data channel is transmitted, so that the second network device does not need to receive a downlink every time a TTI is received.
- the transmission is switched to the uplink transmission, so that the switching overhead of the downlink transmission and the uplink transmission can be reduced. For example, as shown in FIG. 12(b) and FIG.
- the first network device schedules, for the second network device, a set of TTIs that include two TTIs, and the second network device can receive the second TTI of the set of TTIs.
- the downlink transmission is switched to the uplink transmission, and the response information corresponding to the two TTIs in the TTI is fed back to the first network device, where FIG. 8(a) and FIG. 8(b) respectively represent the TDD downlink transmission and the TDD. Uplink transmission.
- step 406 the first network device receives the response information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs that the second network device feeds back according to the reception condition of the data channel.
- step 407 the first network device performs hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ processing according to the received response information.
- the new data may be transmitted on the transport block when the transport block corresponding to the process identifier of the TTI is transmitted next time, the second network.
- the device can perform the processing of steps 402 to 405.
- the maximum number of retransmissions corresponding to the TTI is obtained. If the maximum number of retransmissions is not exceeded, the transmission corresponding to the process identifier of the TTI may be transmitted next time. In the case of a block, the data corresponding to the TTI is retransmitted on the transport block.
- the process may identify the two TTI data channels corresponding to the process. The data is merged, and then the processing of steps 404 to 405 is performed.
- a method for transmitting control information and determining a receiving condition of a data channel corresponding to a set of TTIs according to the control information is further provided.
- the corresponding processing may be as follows:
- step 901 the first network device determines, respectively, change information of the control information corresponding to each second TTI with respect to the control information corresponding to the first TTI.
- the change information includes: incremental control information of the control information corresponding to the second TTI with respect to the control information corresponding to the first TTI, or control information updated by the control information corresponding to the second TTI with respect to the control information corresponding to the first TTI. For example, if the control information corresponding to a certain second TTI adds a part of the control information to the control information corresponding to the first TTI, the change information is the added part of the control information, or the control information corresponding to a certain second TTI is relative to the control information.
- the control information corresponding to the first TTI updates a part of the control information, and the change information is part of the updated control information.
- the first network device when the first network device sends a set of TTIs for the second network device, the first network device may first determine control information corresponding to the first TTI, and then determine control information corresponding to each second TTI with respect to the first The change information of the control information corresponding to the TTI. For example, if the control information corresponding to the second TTI adds a part of the control information to the control information corresponding to the first TTI, the control information carried in the control channel corresponding to the second TTI is part of the foregoing control information.
- the first network device sends a control channel corresponding to each TTI in the TTI to the second network device, where the control channel corresponding to the first TTI carries control information corresponding to the first TTI, and each second TTI corresponds to Each of the control channels carries change information corresponding to each second TTI.
- the first network device may send, to the second network device, a control channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, where the control channel corresponding to the first TTI carries control information corresponding to the first TTI, and each second TTI The corresponding control channel carries change information corresponding to each second TTI. In this way, the first network device does not need to send all the control information corresponding to each second TTI to the second network device, so that a large amount of transmission resources can be saved.
- a certain TTI in the second TTI corresponds to a retransmission on a certain process
- the TTI may not correspond to the control channel, but inherit the control information in the control channel corresponding to the previous TTI in the process.
- a set of TTIs includes 4 TTIs, a process identifier of a transport block of the first TTI is 0, and a process identifier of a transport block of the first second TTI is 1 and a second The process identifier of the transport block of the second TTI is 0, and the process identifier of the transport block of the second second TTI is 1.
- the feedback information corresponding to the transport block of the first TTI is NACK, it indicates that the error is received, and the second The retransmission of the second TTI does not exceed the maximum number of retransmissions.
- the TTI may not correspond to the control channel, and the control information in the control channel corresponding to the first TTI is used. , saving the transmission of the control channel.
- step 903 the second network device receives the control channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs sent by the first network device.
- the control channel corresponding to the first TTI carries the control information corresponding to the first TTI
- the control channel corresponding to each second TTI carries control corresponding to the control information corresponding to the first TTI.
- Information change information is information.
- step 904 the second network device determines the control information corresponding to each second TTI according to the control information corresponding to the first TTI and the change information corresponding to each second TTI.
- the change information corresponding to the TTI is the increment of the control information corresponding to the TTI and the control information corresponding to the first TTI.
- Control information the control information corresponding to the first TTI and the change information corresponding to the TTI may be used as the control information corresponding to the TTI; if the change information corresponding to the TTI is the control information corresponding to the TTI, corresponding to the first TTI
- the partial control information and the change information corresponding to the TTI in the control information corresponding to the TTI in the control information corresponding to the first TTI may be used as the control information corresponding to the TTI. In this way, the control information corresponding to each second TTI can be determined.
- the second network device may obtain the control information, and obtain the TTI corresponding to the control channel corresponding to the first second TTI in the TTI.
- the change information if the change information corresponding to the first second TTI is the incremental control information, the control information corresponding to the first TTI and the change information corresponding to the first second TTI may be used as the first second TTI.
- Control information if the change information corresponding to the first second TTI is the updated control information, the control information corresponding to the first second TTI may be the same as the control information corresponding to the first TTI, and the first part
- the change information corresponding to the second TTI is used as the control information corresponding to the first second TTITTI.
- the TTI when a TTI in a second TTI of a group of TTIs is corresponding to a retransmission on a certain process, the TTI may correspond to a control channel, and the control information of the TTI may be in the control channel corresponding to the previous TTI in the process. Control information.
- step 905 the second network device performs demodulation and decoding of the data channel for each data channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of TTIs according to control information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, and determines corresponding to each TTI. The reception of the data channel.
- the second network device may perform demodulation on a data channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of TTIs by using control information corresponding to each TTI in a set of TTIs, and then decode the demodulated data channels. And determining whether the data channel corresponding to each TTI is correctly decoded, thereby obtaining the reception condition of the data channel corresponding to each TTI.
- another method for transmitting control information and determining a receiving condition of a data channel corresponding to a group of TTIs according to the control information is further provided.
- the corresponding processing may be as follows:
- the first network device determines change information of control information corresponding to each TTI in a set of TTIs relative to common control information corresponding to a group of TTIs.
- the change information includes: common control information corresponding to each TTI with respect to a common control information of a set of TTIs
- the incremental control information, or the control information updated by the control information corresponding to each TTI with respect to the common control information corresponding to a set of TTIs For example, if the control information corresponding to a certain TTI adds a part of the control information to the common control information corresponding to the TTI, the change information is an added part of the control information, or the control information corresponding to a certain TTI corresponds to a set of TTIs.
- the common control information updates a part of the control information, and the change information is part of the updated control information.
- the first network device when the first network device sends a set of TTIs for the second network device, the first network device may first determine common control information corresponding to a set of TTIs, and then determine that the control information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs is relatively Change information of common control information corresponding to a set of TTIs. For example, if the control information corresponding to a certain TTI adds a part of the control information to the common control information corresponding to the TTI, the control information carried in the control channel corresponding to the TTI is part of the control information.
- the first network device sends a common control channel corresponding to the TTI to the second network device, and a control channel corresponding to each TTI in the TTI.
- the common control channel corresponding to the TTI carries a set of TTIs.
- the common control information, the control channel corresponding to each TTI carries the change information of the control information corresponding to each TTI with respect to the common control information corresponding to a group of TTIs.
- the first network device may send a common control channel corresponding to a set of TTIs to the second network device, and a control channel corresponding to each TTI, where a common control channel corresponding to a set of TTIs carries a common control corresponding to a set of TTIs.
- the information, the control channel corresponding to each TTI carries the change information of the control information corresponding to each TTI with respect to the common control information corresponding to a group of TTIs.
- the first network device does not need to send all the control information corresponding to each TTI to the second network device, so that a large amount of transmission resources can be saved.
- the common control information of a group of TTIs includes the same part of the control information in the control information corresponding to each TTI.
- the second network device receives a common control channel corresponding to a set of TTIs sent by the first network device, and a control channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of TTIs.
- step 1004 the control information corresponding to each TTI is determined according to the common control information corresponding to a set of TTIs and the change information corresponding to each TTI in a set of TTIs.
- the second network device determines the control information of a TTI in a set of TTIs, if the change information corresponding to the TTI is the incremental control of the control information corresponding to the TTI with respect to the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs.
- the common control information corresponding to the TTI and the change information corresponding to the TTI may be used as the control information corresponding to the TTI; if the change information corresponding to the TTI is the control information corresponding to the TTI corresponding to a set of TTIs
- the partial control information of the common control information corresponding to the TTI and the change information corresponding to the TTI may be used as the control information corresponding to the TTI. In this way, the control information corresponding to each TTI can be determined.
- step 1005 the second network device demodulates and decodes the data channel for each data channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of TTIs according to control information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, and determines corresponding to each TTI. The reception of the data channel.
- the second network device may perform demodulation on a data channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of TTIs by using control information corresponding to each TTI in a set of TTIs, and then decode the demodulated data channels. And determining whether the data channel corresponding to each TTI is correctly decoded, thereby obtaining the reception condition of the data channel corresponding to each TTI.
- a method for transmitting a reference signal and determining a receiving condition of a data channel corresponding to a group of TTIs according to the reference signal is further provided.
- the corresponding processing may be as follows:
- step 1301 the first network device sends a reference signal of each TTI in a set of TTIs to the second network device.
- the first network device schedules a set of TTIs for the second network device, and the first network device may send the reference signal of each TTI to the second network device in the corresponding TTI, where the reference signal of the first TTI may be independent.
- the channel estimation is performed.
- the second TTI needs to refer to all or part of the TTI reference signals before the TTI in the TTI.
- the reference signal of the first TTI occupies a resource equal to or greater than the reference signal of each second TTI.
- the size of the occupied resource and the size of the resource may be represented by the number of resource units. Therefore, the reference signal of the second TTI occupies less transmission resources, which can save transmission resources.
- the second network device receives a reference signal of each TTI in a set of TTIs sent by the first network device.
- step 1303 the second network device performs channel estimation on the first TTI according to the reference signal of the first TTI for the first TTI.
- channel estimation when channel estimation is performed on a first TTI in a group of TTIs, channel estimation may be performed using a reference signal of the first TTI.
- step 1304 the second network device, according to any TTI in the second TTI, according to any reference signal of any TTI, and all or part of the reference signals in the reference signals of each TTI before any TTI in a set of TTIs, Any TTI performs channel estimation.
- reference when performing channel estimation on any TTI in the second TTI in a set of TTIs, reference may be made to the reference signals of the TTI and all reference signals in the reference signals of the TTIs before the TTI in the set of TTIs.
- the TTI performs channel estimation, or may refer to the reference signal of the TTI, and part of the reference signals in the reference signals of the TTIs before the TTI in the set of TTIs, and perform channel estimation on the TTI.
- the reference signal of the TTI may also be referred to.
- the reference signal of the partial TTI such as a set of TTI, the reference signal of several TTIs before the TTI.
- step 1305 according to the control information corresponding to each TTI in a set of TTIs and the corresponding channel estimation result, the data channel corresponding to each TTI in a group of TTIs is demodulated and decoded, and each TTI is determined. Corresponding data channel reception.
- the second network device may perform channel estimation on the control channel of each TTI by using a reference signal of each TTI in a set of TTIs, and perform demodulation to obtain control information corresponding to each TTI. Then, channel estimation is performed on the data channel corresponding to each TTI, and the data channel corresponding to each TTI in a group of TTIs is solved according to the obtained control information corresponding to each TTI and the result of channel estimation for each TTI. Tuning, and then decoding the demodulated data channel to determine whether the data channel corresponding to each TTI is correctly decoded, thereby obtaining the reception condition of the data channel corresponding to each TTI.
- the embodiment of the present invention further provides that: in a set of TTIs sent by the first network device to the second network device, the first TTI sends all reference signals, and is used in the second TTI in a group of TTIs. A part of the TTI transmits the reference signal, and another part of the TTI does not transmit the reference signal.
- the corresponding processing can be as follows:
- the first network device sends a reference signal of each TTI in a set of TTIs to the second network device.
- the first network device when the first network device sends a set of TTIs for the second network device, all the first TTIs are sent.
- the reference signal each second TTI in the set of TTIs, randomly transmits a reference signal for a portion of the TTI, and another portion of the TTI does not transmit the reference signal.
- the second network device receives the reference signal of the first TTI and the reference signal of the partial TTI in the second TTI.
- step 1403 for any TTI in a group of TTIs, if any TTI has a reference signal, channel estimation is performed according to a reference signal of any TTI, and if any TTI has no reference signal, according to any one of the TTIs The channel signal is estimated for any TTI based on the nearest TTI reference signal before TTI.
- the second network device may obtain the reference signal of the TTI, and if the TTI has a reference signal, perform channel estimation according to the reference signal of any TTI, if the TTI Without the reference signal, the reference signal of the nearest TTI before the TTI can be obtained as the reference signal of the TTI, and then the channel estimation is performed on the TTI.
- the second network device may obtain the reference signal of the TTI, and if the TTI has a reference signal, perform channel estimation on the TTI according to the reference signal of the TTI, if the TTI Without the reference signal, the reference signal of all or part of the TTI before the TTI may be acquired as a reference signal of the TTI, and then the channel estimation is performed on the TTI.
- step 1404 according to the control information corresponding to each TTI in a set of TTIs and the corresponding channel estimation result, the data channel corresponding to each TTI in a group of TTIs is demodulated and decoded, and each TTI is determined. Corresponding data channel reception.
- the second network device may perform channel estimation on the control channel of each TTI by using a reference signal of each TTI in a set of TTIs, and perform demodulation to obtain control information corresponding to each TTI. Then, channel estimation is performed on the data channel corresponding to each TTI, and the data channel corresponding to each TTI in a group of TTIs is solved according to the obtained control information corresponding to each TTI and the result of channel estimation for each TTI. Tuning, and then decoding the demodulated data channel to determine whether the data channel corresponding to each TTI is correctly decoded, thereby obtaining the reception condition of the data channel corresponding to each TTI.
- the embodiment of the present invention further provides that when the first network device is a terminal and the second network device is a base station, the process of the method is as follows:
- step 401 the first network device sends, to the second network device, a data channel corresponding to each TTI of the set of TTIs of the second network device.
- the terminal when the terminal transmits data to the base station, the terminal requests uplink resources from the base station, and the base station allocates uplink transmission resources to the terminal according to the amount of data to be transmitted by the terminal, and the terminal may determine that a group of TTIs transmit data to the base station, and the group of TTIs may include
- the multiple TTIs may be consecutive in the time domain or may be discontinuous in the time domain.
- the multiple TTIs are associated with each other, for example, the control information corresponding to each TTI has the same part, and the terminal may be in the
- the control information corresponding to the first TTI of each group of TTIs carries an identifier indicating that the TTI is the first TTI.
- step 402 to the step 407 is the same as the processing in which the first network device is the base station, and the second network device is the terminal, and details are not described herein again.
- the embodiment of the present invention further provides that, when the terminal transmits data to the base station, the base station needs to send the data channel of each TTI to the terminal before the base station receives the data channel of the first TTI in the set of TTIs of the corresponding terminal sent by the terminal.
- the corresponding scheduling information, the way to send scheduling information can be as follows:
- the scheduling information corresponding to the data channel of each TTI in the set of TTIs is sent to the first network device by using the control channel in a TTI before the first TTI or a group of TTIs.
- the scheduling information includes information such as data scheduling coding information, uplink coding information, power consumption indication, and the like.
- the terminal when transmitting data information to a base station, the terminal requests an uplink resource from the base station, and the base station allocates an uplink transmission resource according to the amount of data to be transmitted by the terminal, and passes a TTI before receiving the first TTI in the set of TTIs. Sending scheduling information corresponding to the data channel of each TTI to the terminal.
- a group of TTIs includes two TTIs, and the base station may send scheduling information corresponding to each TTI data channel in the group of TTIs to the terminal through a certain TTI before a group of TTIs. In this way, the downlink transmission and the downlink transmission are switched less, so that the uplink/downlink handover overhead can be saved.
- the base station sends scheduling information corresponding to the data channel of each TTI to the terminal through the first TTI in the set of TTIs.
- the second network device receives, by the first network device, a data channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of transmission time intervals TTI, where the set of TTIs includes the first TTI and the at least one second Determining, by the TTI, a first process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI, and determining, according to the first process identifier, a second process identifier of each of the at least one second TTI, according to receiving the data channel corresponding to the group of TTIs respectively
- the response information corresponding to each group of TTIs is generated, and the response information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs is sent to the first network device.
- the process identifier of the transport block of each TTI does not need to be carried, thereby saving a large amount of transmission resources.
- an embodiment of the present invention further provides a network device.
- the network device includes a receiver 210, a processor 220, and a transmitter 230, where:
- the receiver 210 is configured to receive, by the first network device, a data channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of transmission time intervals TTI, where the set of TTIs includes a first TTI and at least one second TTI;
- the processor 220 is configured to acquire a first process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI, and determine, according to the first process identifier, a second process identifier of each of the at least one second TTI;
- the processor 220 is configured to generate response information corresponding to the set of TTIs respectively according to the receiving situation of the data channels respectively corresponding to the set of TTIs;
- the transmitter 230 is configured to separately send response information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs to the first network device.
- the processor 220 is configured to:
- time domain range information of the set of TTIs Obtaining time domain range information of the set of TTIs, and determining, according to the time domain range information, the first TTI and the at least one second TTI included in the set of TTIs;
- the receiver 210 is configured to receive a data channel corresponding to each of the first TTI and the at least one second TTI, respectively.
- determining, according to the time domain range information, the first TTI and the at least one second TTI included in the group of TTIs including any one of the following conditions:
- the time domain range information indicates that the number of TTIs included in the group of TTIs is N, determining that the TTIs included in the group of TTIs are after the first TTI and the first TTI Continuous N-1 second TTIs;
- the time domain range information indicates a time interval between the first TTI and the last TTI in the set of TTIs, determining that the TTI included in the set of TTIs is the first TTI and After the first TTI and All second TTIs within the time interval;
- the time domain range information indicates the effective time range of the control information corresponding to the first TTI, determining, according to the effective time range of the control information corresponding to the first TTI, determining the set of TTIs
- the included TTI is the first TTI and all second TTIs after the first TTI and within the effective time range of the control information;
- the time domain range information indicates an effective time range of the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs, determining that the TTI included in the set of TTIs is the first TTI and is in the first All second TTIs after the TTI and within the effective time range of the common control information.
- the processor 220 is configured to:
- the receiver 210 is configured to receive, by the first network device, a control channel corresponding to the first TTI, where the processor 220 is configured to acquire a first process identifier carried in the control channel, where The first process identifier is a process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI in the set of TTIs; or
- the processor 220 is configured to obtain, by using a common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs, a first process identifier, where the first process identifier is a process identifier corresponding to a transport block in the first TTI of the set of TTIs. .
- the processor 220 is configured to:
- the processor 220 is configured to:
- the receiver 210 is configured to receive the control channel corresponding to the first TTI that is sent by the first network device, where the processor 220 is configured to acquire the Time domain range information for a set of TTIs; or,
- the processor 220 is configured to obtain time domain range information of the set of TTIs by using a common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs.
- the receiver 210 is configured to receive, by the first network device, a control channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, where the control channel corresponding to the first TTI is carried Control information corresponding to the first TTI, where each control channel corresponding to the second TTI carries change information of control information corresponding to each second TTI with respect to control information corresponding to the first TTI,
- the change information includes: incremental control information of control information of the second TTI with respect to control information corresponding to the first TTI, or control information corresponding to the second TTI, corresponding to the first TTI Control information for controlling information update;
- the processor 220 is configured to determine, according to the control information corresponding to the first TTI and the change information corresponding to each of the second TTIs, control information corresponding to each of the second TTIs;
- the processor 220 is configured to perform demodulation and decoding of a data channel on a data channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs according to control information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, and determine The reception status of the data channel corresponding to each TTI is described.
- the receiver 210 is configured to receive a common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs sent by the first network device, and a control channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of TTIs, where the one
- the common control channel corresponding to the group TTI carries the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs
- the control channel corresponding to each TTI carries the control information corresponding to each TTI with respect to the set of TTIs.
- the change information includes: incremental control information of the common control information of each TTI relative to the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs, or corresponding to each TTI Control information for updating control information relative to common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs;
- the processor 220 is configured to determine control information corresponding to each TTI according to common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs and change information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs;
- the processor 220 is configured to perform demodulation and decoding of a data channel on a data channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs according to control information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, and determine The reception status of the data channel corresponding to each TTI is described.
- the receiver 210 is configured to:
- the processor 220 is configured to perform channel estimation on the first TTI according to the reference signal of the first TTI for the first TTI;
- the processor 220 is configured to, according to any TTI in the second TTI, a reference signal according to any one of the TTIs, and a reference signal of each TTI in the set of TTIs before the any TTI Channel estimation for any of the TTIs, all or part of the reference signals;
- the processor 220 is configured to perform demodulation of a data channel for a data channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs according to control information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs and corresponding channel estimation results. And decoding, determining the reception status of the data channel corresponding to each TTI.
- the transmitter 230 is configured to:
- the transmitter 230 is further configured to send, by using a control channel, a data channel of each TTI in the set of TTIs by using a control channel in a TTI before the set of TTIs. Corresponding scheduling information.
- an embodiment of the present invention further provides a network device.
- the network device includes a processor 310, a transmitter 320, and a receiver 330, where:
- the transmitter 320 is configured to send, to the second network device, each of a set of TTIs corresponding to the second network device.
- TTI data channel
- the receiver 330 is configured to receive response information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs that is fed back by the second network device according to the receiving situation of the data channel;
- the processor 310 is configured to perform hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ processing according to the received response information.
- the set of TTIs includes a first TTI and at least one second TTI;
- a process identifier corresponding to the transport block of the first TTI where the control channel corresponding to the first TTI does not carry a process identifier of the transport block in the control channel corresponding to the second TTI; or, the group
- the process identifier of the transport block of the first TTI is carried in the common control channel corresponding to the TTI, and the process identifier of the transport block is not carried in the control channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs.
- the processor 310 is further configured to determine time domain range information of the set of TTIs;
- the transmitter 320 is further configured to send, to the second network device, a control channel of each TTI in the set of TTIs, where a control channel corresponding to the first TTI carries a time domain of the set of TTIs Range information; or,
- the transmitter 320 is further configured to send, to the second network device, a common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs, where the common control channel carries time domain range information of the set of TTIs.
- the time domain range information of the set of TTIs is: a number of TTIs in the set of TTIs, or a time interval of a first TTI and a last TTI in the set of TTIs, or the set of The effective time range of the control information corresponding to the first TTI in the TTI or the effective time range of the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs.
- the set of TTIs includes a first TTI and at least one second TTI
- the processor 310 is further configured to:
- the change information of the control information corresponding to each of the second TTIs and the control information corresponding to the first TTI is determined, where the change information includes: control information corresponding to the second TTI, The incremental control information of the control information corresponding to the TTI, or the control information updated by the control information corresponding to the second TTI with respect to the control information corresponding to the first TTI;
- the transmitter 320 is further configured to send, to the second network device, a control channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, where the control channel corresponding to the first TTI carries the first TTI Control information, each of the control channels corresponding to the second TTI carrying change information corresponding to each of the second TTIs.
- processor 310 is further configured to:
- the transmitter 320 is further configured to send, to the second network device, a common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs, and a control channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of TTIs, and the common control corresponding to the set of TTIs
- the channel carries the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs, where the control channel corresponding to each TTI carries the control information corresponding to each TTI with respect to the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs. Change information.
- the set of TTIs includes a first TTI and at least one second TTI
- the transmitter 320 is further configured to:
- the second network device receives, by the first network device, a data channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of transmission time intervals TTI, where the set of TTIs includes the first TTI and the at least one second Determining, by the TTI, a first process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI, and determining, according to the first process identifier, a second process identifier of each of the at least one second TTI, according to receiving the data channel corresponding to the group of TTIs respectively
- the response information corresponding to each group of TTIs is generated, and the response information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs is sent to the first network device.
- the process identifier of the transport block of each TTI does not need to be carried, thereby saving a large amount of transmission resources.
- an embodiment of the present invention further provides a network device, as shown in FIG.
- the receiving module 1610 is configured to receive, by the first network device, a data channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of transmission time intervals TTI, where the set of TTIs includes a first TTI and at least one second TTI;
- the obtaining module 1620 is configured to acquire a first process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI;
- a determining module 1630 configured to determine, according to the first process identifier, a second process identifier of each of the at least one second TTI;
- the generating module 1640 is configured to generate response information corresponding to the set of TTIs respectively according to the receiving situation of the data channels respectively corresponding to the set of TTIs;
- the sending module 1650 is configured to separately send response information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs to the first network device.
- the receiving module 1610 includes a determining submodule 1611 and a receiving submodule 1612, where:
- the determining sub-module 1621 is configured to acquire time domain range information of the set of TTIs, and determine, according to the time domain range information, the first TTI included in the set of TTIs and the at least one Second TTI;
- the receiving sub-module 1622 is configured to receive a data channel corresponding to each of the first TTI and the at least one second TTI, respectively.
- the determining submodule 1621 is configured to:
- the time domain range information indicates that the number of TTIs included in the group of TTIs is N, determining that the TTIs included in the group of TTIs are after the first TTI and the first TTI Continuous N-1 second TTIs;
- the time domain range information indicates a time interval between the first TTI and the last TTI in the set of TTIs, determining that the TTI included in the set of TTIs is the first TTI and All second TTIs after the first TTI and within the time interval;
- the time domain range information indicates the effective time range of the control information corresponding to the first TTI, determining, according to the effective time range of the control information corresponding to the first TTI, determining that the set of TTIs is included
- the TTI is the first TTI and all second TTIs after the first TTI and within the effective time range of the control information;
- the time domain range information indicates the effective time range of the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs
- the included TTI is the first TTI and all second TTIs after the first TTI and within the effective time range of the common control information.
- the obtaining module 1620 is configured to:
- the receiving module 1610 is configured to receive a control channel corresponding to the first TTI that is sent by the first network device, where the acquiring module 1620 is configured to acquire a first process identifier that is carried in the control channel, where The first process identifier is a process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI in the set of TTIs; or
- the obtaining module 1620 is configured to obtain, by using a common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs, a first process identifier, where the first process identifier is a process identifier corresponding to a transport block in the first TTI of the set of TTIs. .
- the obtaining module 1620 is configured to obtain a preset maximum number of processes, and a TTI interval N between the first TTI and the Nth second TTI, where the determining module 1630 is configured to a sum of the first process identifier and the TTI interval N, divided by the maximum number of processes, and the obtained remainder is determined as a second process identifier of the Nth second TTI, where N is a positive integer; or ,
- the obtaining module 1620 is configured to obtain a preset maximum number of processes, and a TTI interval P between the first TTI and the first second TTI, where the determining module 1630 is configured to use the first process.
- the sum of the identifier and the TTI interval P, divided by the maximum number of processes, the remainder obtained is determined as the second process identifier of the first second TTI, where P is a positive integer;
- the obtaining module 1620 is configured to acquire a second process identifier of the Nth second TTI, and a TTI interval Q of the N+1 second TTI and the Nth second TTI, where the determining module 1630 is configured. And a sum of the second process identifier of the Nth second TTI and the TTI interval Q, divided by the maximum number of processes, and obtained as a remainder of the N+1th second TTI.
- the obtaining module 1620 is configured to:
- the receiving module 1610 is configured to:
- the acquiring module 1620 is configured to acquire time domain range information of the group of TTIs carried in the control channel corresponding to the first TTI ;
- the obtaining module 1620 is configured to obtain time domain range information of the set of TTIs by using a common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs.
- the receiving module 1610 is further configured to receive, by the first network device, a control channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, where the control channel corresponding to the first TTI carries Control information corresponding to the first TTI, where the control information corresponding to each of the second TTIs carries change information of control information corresponding to each second TTI with respect to control information corresponding to the first TTI
- the change information includes: incremental control information of the control information of the second TTI with respect to the control information corresponding to the first TTI, or control information corresponding to the second TTI corresponding to the first TTI Control information for updating control information;
- the determining module 1630 is further configured to determine, according to the control information corresponding to the first TTI and the change information corresponding to each of the second TTIs, control information corresponding to each of the second TTIs;
- the determining module 1630 is further configured to: perform demodulation and decoding of the data channel on the data channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs according to control information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, and determine The reception status of the data channel corresponding to each TTI.
- the receiving module 1610 is further configured to receive a common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs sent by the first network device, and a control channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of TTIs, where A common control channel corresponding to a set of TTIs carries common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs, and a control channel corresponding to each TTI
- the change information of the control information corresponding to each TTI is compared with the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs, where the change information includes: the common control information of each TTI is relative to the group Incremental control information of the common control information corresponding to the TTI, or control information updated by the control information corresponding to each TTI with respect to the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs;
- the determining module 1630 is further configured to determine control information corresponding to each TTI according to common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs and change information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs;
- the determining module 1630 is further configured to: perform demodulation and decoding of the data channel on the data channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs according to control information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, and determine The reception status of the data channel corresponding to each TTI.
- the receiving module 1610 is further configured to receive a reference signal of each TTI in the set of TTIs sent by the first network device, where a reference signal of the first TTI occupies a larger resource size. Equal to the resource size occupied by the reference signal of each of the second TTIs;
- the network device further includes:
- the estimating module 1660 is configured to perform channel estimation on the first TTI according to the reference signal of the first TTI for the first TTI;
- the estimating module 1660 is configured to, according to any TTI in the second TTI, a reference signal according to any one of the TTIs, and a reference signal of each TTI in the set of TTIs before the any TTI Channel estimation for any of the TTIs, all or part of the reference signals;
- the determining module 1630 is further configured to perform, according to the control information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs and the corresponding channel estimation result, a data channel solution for a data channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs.
- the decoding is performed to determine the reception status of the data channel corresponding to each TTI.
- the sending module 1650 is configured to: respectively, in the last TTI of the set of TTIs or within one TTI of the set of TTIs, each of the set of TTIs by using a control channel
- the response information corresponding to the TTIs is sent to the first network device.
- the sending module 1650 is further configured to send the set of TTIs to the first network device by using a control channel in the first TTI or in a TTI before the set of TTIs. Scheduling information corresponding to the data channel of each TTI.
- the embodiment of the present invention further provides a network device.
- the network device includes:
- the sending module 1910 is configured to send, to the second network device, a data channel corresponding to each TTI of the set of TTIs of the second network device;
- the receiving module 1920 is configured to receive, by the second network device, response information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs that are fed back according to the receiving situation of the data channel;
- the processing module 1930 is configured to perform hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ processing according to the received response information.
- the set of TTIs includes a first TTI and at least one second TTI;
- a process identifier of the transport block of the first TTI carried in the control channel corresponding to the first TTI each of the The process identifier of the transport block that does not carry the transport block in the control channel corresponding to the second TTI; or the process identifier of the transport block of the first TTI that is carried in the common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs, each of the set of TTIs
- the process identifier of the transport block is not carried in the control channel corresponding to the TTI.
- the network device further includes:
- a determining module 1940 configured to determine time domain range information of the set of TTIs
- the sending module 1910 is further configured to send, to the second network device, a control channel of each TTI in the set of TTIs, where the control channel corresponding to the first TTI carries a time domain of the set of TTIs Range information; or,
- the sending module 1910 is further configured to send, to the second network device, a common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs, where the common control channel carries time domain range information of the set of TTIs.
- the time domain range information of the set of TTIs is: a number of TTIs in the set of TTIs, or a time interval of a first TTI and a last TTI in the set of TTIs, or the set of The effective time range of the control information corresponding to the first TTI in the TTI or the effective time range of the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs.
- the group of TTIs includes a first TTI and at least one second TTI
- the determining module 1940 is further configured to respectively determine that control information corresponding to each of the second TTIs is corresponding to the first TTI.
- Change information of the control information includes: incremental control information of control information corresponding to the second TTI with respect to control information corresponding to the first TTI, or control corresponding to the second TTI Control information updated with respect to control information corresponding to the first TTI;
- the sending module 1910 is further configured to send, to the second network device, a control channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, where the control channel corresponding to the first TTI carries the first TTI Control information, each of the control channels corresponding to the second TTI carrying change information corresponding to each of the second TTIs.
- the determining module 1940 is further configured to determine, according to the change information of the control information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs, where the change information includes: The incremental control information of the common control information of each TTI with respect to the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs, or the control information corresponding to each TTI is updated with respect to the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs.
- the change information includes: The incremental control information of the common control information of each TTI with respect to the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs, or the control information corresponding to each TTI is updated with respect to the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs.
- the sending module 1910 is further configured to send, to the second network device, a common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs, and a control channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of TTIs, and the common control corresponding to the set of TTIs
- the channel carries the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs, where the control channel corresponding to each TTI carries the control information corresponding to each TTI with respect to the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs. Change information.
- the set of TTIs includes a first TTI and at least one second TTI
- the sending module 1910 is further configured to:
- the second network device receives, by the first network device, a data channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of transmission time intervals TTI, where the set of TTIs includes the first TTI and the at least one second Determining, by the TTI, a first process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI, and determining, according to the first process identifier, a second process identifier of each of the at least one second TTI, according to receiving the data channel corresponding to the group of TTIs respectively
- the response information corresponding to a set of TTIs is generated, and the response information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs is sent to the first network. device.
- the process identifier of the transport block of each TTI does not need to be carried, thereby saving a large amount of transmission resources.
- the embodiment of the present invention further provides a system for data transmission, where the system includes a first network device and a second network device, where:
- the first network device is configured to send, to the second network device, a data channel corresponding to each TTI of a set of TTIs of the second network device; and receive, according to the data channel, the second network device
- the response information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs fed back; the hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ process is performed according to the received response information;
- the second network device is configured to receive, by the first network device, a data channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of transmission time intervals TTI, where the set of TTIs includes a first TTI and at least a second TTI; obtaining a first process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI, and determining, according to the first process identifier, a second process identifier of each of the at least one second TTI;
- the response information of the data channel corresponding to the set of TTIs is respectively generated, and the response information corresponding to the set of TTIs is generated, and the response information corresponding to each TTI of the set of TTIs is sent to the first network device.
- the second network device receives, by the first network device, a data channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of transmission time intervals TTI, where the set of TTIs includes the first TTI and the at least one second Determining, by the TTI, a first process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI, and determining, according to the first process identifier, a second process identifier of each of the at least one second TTI, according to receiving the data channel corresponding to the group of TTIs respectively
- the response information corresponding to each group of TTIs is generated, and the response information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs is sent to the first network device.
- the process identifier of the transport block of each TTI does not need to be carried, thereby saving a large amount of transmission resources.
- the storage medium may be a read only memory, a magnetic disk or an optical disk or the like.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
Abstract
Embodiments of the present invention relate to the technical field of communications. Disclosed are a data transmission method, apparatus and system. The method comprises: a second network device receives data channels which are transmitted by a first network device and respectively correspond to transmission time intervals (TTIs) in a set of TTIs, the set of TTIs comprising a first TTI and at least one second TTI, obtains a first process identification corresponding to a transmission block in the first TTI, and determines respective second process identifications of the at least one second TTI according to the first process identification; generate response information separately corresponding to the set of TTIs according to the receiving conditions of the data channels separately corresponding to the set of TTIs; and transmit the response information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs to the first network device separately. According to the embodiments of the present invention, transmission resources can be saved.
Description
本申请要求于2016年5月30日提交中国专利局、申请号为201610369750.5、发明名称为“一种数据传输的方法、装置及系统”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。The present application claims priority to Chinese Patent Application No. 201610369750.5, entitled "A Method, Apparatus and System for Data Transmission", filed on May 30, 2016, the entire contents of In this application.
本申请涉及通信技术领域,特别涉及一种数据传输的方法、装置及系统。The present application relates to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a data transmission method, apparatus, and system.
在混合自动重传请求(Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request,HARQ)过程中,基站调度一个传输时间间隔(Transmission Time Interval,TTI)的传输块,终端根据接收情况向基站发送HARQ反馈消息,具体的,终端在接收传输块时,如果终端没有正确接收该TTI的传输块,则向基站反馈应答信息否定确认字符(Negative Acknowledgement,NACK),基站接收到应答信息NACK,在没有超过最大重传次数下,可以向终端重新发送相应的传输块,终端如果可以正确接收传输块,则可以向基站反馈应答信息确认字符(Acknowledgement,ACK),基站接收到应答信息ACK,可以向终端发送新传输块。In the hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) process, the base station schedules a transmission time interval (TTI) transmission block, and the terminal sends a HARQ feedback message to the base station according to the receiving situation. Specifically, the terminal is in the When receiving the transport block, if the terminal does not correctly receive the transport block of the TTI, the base station sends a Negative Acknowledgement (NACK) to the base station, and the base station receives the response information NACK, and if the maximum number of retransmissions is exceeded, the terminal may The terminal retransmits the corresponding transport block. If the terminal can correctly receive the transport block, the terminal can feed back the acknowledgement information (Acknowledgement, ACK) to the base station, and the base station receives the acknowledgement information ACK, and can send a new transport block to the terminal.
为了充分利用时域资源,LTE系统还进一步采用了多进程的HARQ技术,在一个TTI调用HARQ进程传输数据后,等待接收HARQ反馈消息的过程中,调用其他的HARQ进程传输其他数据,即有多个异步自适应的HARQ进程启动。In order to make full use of the time domain resources, the LTE system further adopts the multi-process HARQ technology. After a TTI calls the HARQ process to transmit data, waiting for receiving the HARQ feedback message, calling other HARQ processes to transmit other data, that is, how many An asynchronous adaptive HARQ process starts.
为了基站能够区分不同TTI对应的ACK或NACK,将每个TTI中传输的一个传输块对应一个进程,为其分配相应的进程标识(也可称作进程号),在每个调度的TTI的控制信道中指示相应的进程标识,终端在反馈应答信息ACK或NACK时也会针对对应的进程标识的传输块进行反馈。这样,基站在接收到应答信息ACK或NACK之后,则可以确定相应TTI的传输块的正误情况,进而决定是否对该进程上的传输块进行重传。In order for the base station to distinguish between ACKs or NACKs corresponding to different TTIs, one transport block transmitted in each TTI is associated with one process, and a corresponding process identifier (also referred to as a process number) is assigned thereto, and control of each scheduled TTI is performed. The corresponding process identifier is indicated in the channel, and the terminal also feeds back the transport block of the corresponding process identifier when the response information ACK or NACK is fed back. In this way, after receiving the response information ACK or NACK, the base station can determine the correctness of the transport block of the corresponding TTI, and then decide whether to retransmit the transport block on the process.
在实现本申请的过程中,发明人发现现有技术至少存在以下问题:In the process of implementing the present application, the inventors found that the prior art has at least the following problems:
基站每调度一个TTI的传输块,都需要在该TTI的控制信道中携带该传输块对应的进程标识,当基站连续调度多个TTI的传输块时,将在所有的TTI的控制信道中包含进程标识,从而会占用大量的传输资源。Each time the base station schedules a TTI transport block, the process identifier corresponding to the transport block needs to be carried in the control channel of the TTI. When the base station continuously schedules multiple TTI transport blocks, the process will be included in all TTI control channels. Identification, which will consume a large amount of transmission resources.
发明内容Summary of the invention
为了解决现有技术的问题,本发明实施例提供了一种数据传输的方法、装置及系统。所述技术方案如下:In order to solve the problems of the prior art, embodiments of the present invention provide a method, an apparatus, and a system for data transmission. The technical solution is as follows:
第一方面,提供了一种数据传输的方法,所述方法包括:In a first aspect, a method of data transmission is provided, the method comprising:
接收第一网络设备发送的,与一组传输时间间隔TTI中的各个TTI分别对应的,数据信道,其中,所述一组TTI包括第一TTI以及至少一个第二TTI;获取与所述第一TTI中的传输块对应的第一进程标识,并根据所述第一进程标识,确定所述至少一个第二TTI各自的第二进程标识;根据对所述一组TTI分别对应的数据信道的接收情况,生成与所述一组TTI分别对应的应答信息;分别将所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的应答信息发送给所述
第一网络设备。Receiving, by the first network device, a data channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of transmission time intervals TTI, wherein the set of TTIs includes a first TTI and at least one second TTI; acquiring and the first a first process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the TTI, and determining, according to the first process identifier, a second process identifier of each of the at least one second TTI; receiving, according to the data channel corresponding to the set of TTIs respectively In the case, generating response information corresponding to the set of TTIs respectively; sending response information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs to the
The first network device.
其中,一组TTI中包括第一TTI和至少一个第二TTI,第一TTI为一组TTI中第一个TTI,第二TTI为一组TTI中除第一个TTI之外的其它TTI。The first TTI is the first TTI of the set of TTIs, and the second TTI is the other TTIs of the set of TTIs except the first one.
第二网络设备接收第一网络设备发送的一组TTI分别对应的控制信道,并获取第一TTI的第一进程标识,然后根据第一进程标识确定每个第二TTI的第二进程标识,第二网络设备根据各TTI对应的数据信道的接收情况,生成对应的应答信息,然后将各TTI对应的应答信息发送至第一网络设备。The second network device receives the control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs sent by the first network device, and obtains the first process identifier of the first TTI, and then determines the second process identifier of each second TTI according to the first process identifier, where The two network devices generate corresponding response information according to the reception status of the data channel corresponding to each TTI, and then send the response information corresponding to each TTI to the first network device.
结合第一方面,在该第一方面的第一种可能实现方式中,接收第一网络设备发送的,与一组传输时间间隔TTI中的各个TTI分别对应的,数据信道,包括:With reference to the first aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the receiving, by the first network device, the data channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of the transmission time interval TTI, includes:
获取所述一组TTI的时域范围信息,并根据所述时域范围信息,确定所述一组TTI中所包括的所述第一TTI以及所述至少一个第二TTI;分别接收所述第一TTI以及所述至少一个第二TTI各自对应的数据信道。Obtaining time domain range information of the set of TTIs, and determining, according to the time domain range information, the first TTI and the at least one second TTI included in the set of TTIs; respectively receiving the first a TTI and a data channel corresponding to each of the at least one second TTI.
其中,时域范围信息是用于直接或间接反映一组TTI在时域中的范围的信息,时域范围信息可以为一组TTI中TTI的数目,也就是一组TTI中包含多少个TTI,或一组TTI中第一个TTI与最后一个TTI的时间间隔,也就是一组TTI中接收第一个TTI与接收最后一个TTI的时间间隔,或一组TTI中第一TTI对应的控制信息的生效时间范围,或一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的生效时间范围。The time domain range information is used to directly or indirectly reflect the range of the TTI in the time domain. The time domain range information may be the number of TTIs in a group of TTIs, that is, how many TTIs are included in a group of TTIs. Or the time interval between the first TTI and the last TTI in a set of TTIs, that is, the time interval between receiving the first TTI and receiving the last TTI in a set of TTIs, or the control information corresponding to the first TTI in a set of TTIs Effective time range, or the effective time range of the common control information corresponding to a group of TTIs.
第二网络设备可以获取一组TTI的时域范围信息,然后根据一组TTI的时域范围信息,确定一组TTI中的各个第二TTI。第二网络设备可以分别接收第一网络设备发送的第一TTI,以及各个第二TTI。The second network device may obtain time domain range information of a set of TTIs, and then determine each second TTI in the set of TTIs according to the time domain range information of the set of TTIs. The second network device may respectively receive the first TTI sent by the first network device, and each second TTI.
结合第一方面的第一种可能实现方式,在该第一方面的第二种可能实现方式中,根据所述时域范围信息,确定所述一组TTI中所包括的所述第一TTI以及所述至少一个第二TTI,包括下列情况中的任意一种:在所述时域范围信息指示所述一组TTI中包括的TTI的数目为N的情况下,则确定所述一组TTI中所包括的TTI为所述第一TTI以及所述第一TTI之后的连续的N-1个第二TTI;在所述时域范围信息指示了所述一组TTI中第一个TTI与最后一个TTI的时间间隔的情况下,则确定所述一组TTI中所包括的TTI为所述第一TTI以及在所述第一TTI之后且处于所述时间间隔内的所有第二TTI;在所述时域范围信息指示所述第一TTI对应的控制信息的生效时间范围的情况下,则根据所述第一TTI对应的控制信息的生效时间范围,确定所述一组TTI中所包括的TTI为所述第一TTI以及在所述第一TTI之后且处于所述控制信息的生效时间范围内的所有第二TTI;在所述时域范围信息指示所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的生效时间范围的情况下,则根据所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的生效时间范围,确定所述一组TTI中所包括的TTI为所述第一TTI以及在所述第一TTI之后且处于所述公共控制信息的生效时间范围内的所有第二TTI。With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the first aspect, determining, by using the time domain range information, the first TTI included in the group of TTIs and The at least one second TTI includes any one of the following situations: when the time domain range information indicates that the number of TTIs included in the group of TTIs is N, determining the set of TTIs The included TTI is the first TTI and consecutive N-1 second TTIs after the first TTI; and the time domain range information indicates the first TTI and the last one of the set of TTIs In the case of a time interval of the TTI, determining that the TTI included in the set of TTIs is the first TTI and all second TTIs after the first TTI and within the time interval; When the time domain range information indicates the effective time range of the control information corresponding to the first TTI, determining, according to the effective time range of the control information corresponding to the first TTI, determining that the TTI included in the set of TTIs is The first TTI and after the first TTI and at the All the second TTIs within the effective time range of the control information; in the case that the time domain range information indicates the effective time range of the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs, according to the common group corresponding to the set of TTIs The effective time range of the control information is determined, and the TTI included in the set of TTIs is the first TTI and all the second TTIs that are after the first TTI and are within the effective time range of the common control information.
时域范围信息可以是一组TTI中TTI的数目,第二网络设备可以获取一组TTI的数目N,第二网络设备在确定一组TTI中第一TTI之后,又接收到N-1个TTI,此N-1个TTI为这一组TTI中除第一TTI之外的所有第二TTI。或者,时域范围信息可以是一组TTI中第一个TTI与最后一个TTI的时间间隔,第二网络设备可以获取第一个TTI中第一个TTI与最后一个TTI的时间间隔,在该时间间隔对应的时间范围内,除第一TTI,第二网络设备接收到对应自身调度的TTI,即为一组TTI中除第一TTI之外的所有第二TTI。或者,时
域范围信息可以是第一TTI对应的控制信息的生效时间范围,第二网络设备可以获取第一TTI对应的控制信息的生效时间范围,在该生效时间范围内,除第一TTI,第二网络设备接收到第一网络设备为其调度的TTI,即为一组TTI中除第一TTI之外的所有第二TTI。或者,时域范围信息可以是一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的生效时间范围,第二网络设备可以获取一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的生效时间范围,在该生效时间范围内,除第一TTI,第二网络设备接收到对应自身的TTI,即为一组TTI中除第一TTI之外的所有TTI。The time domain range information may be the number of TTIs in a set of TTIs, the second network device may obtain the number N of a set of TTIs, and the second network device receives N-1 TTIs after determining the first TTI in the set of TTIs. The N-1 TTIs are all second TTIs except the first TTI in the set of TTIs. Alternatively, the time domain range information may be a time interval between the first TTI and the last TTI in the set of TTIs, and the second network device may obtain a time interval between the first TTI and the last TTI in the first TTI, at the time. In the time range corresponding to the interval, in addition to the first TTI, the second network device receives the TTI corresponding to the self-scheduling, that is, all the second TTIs except the first TTI in the group of TTIs. Or, when
The domain range information may be the effective time range of the control information corresponding to the first TTI, and the second network device may obtain the effective time range of the control information corresponding to the first TTI, where the second TTI is included in the effective time range. The device receives the TTI scheduled by the first network device, that is, all the second TTIs except a first TTI in a group of TTIs. Alternatively, the time domain range information may be a valid time range of the common control information corresponding to the TTI, and the second network device may obtain the effective time range of the common control information corresponding to the TTI, in the effective time range, except the first The TTI, the second network device receives the TTI corresponding to itself, that is, all TTIs except a first TTI in a group of TTIs.
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一至二种可能实现方式,在该第一方面的第三种可能实现方式中,所述获取与所述第一TTI中的传输块对应的第一进程标识,包括:With reference to the first aspect or the first to the second possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the acquiring, by using the first process corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI Logo, including:
获取预设的与所述第一TTI中的传输块对应的第一进程标识;或者,接收所述第一网络设备发送的所述第一TTI对应的控制信道,获取所述控制信道中携带的第一进程标识,所述第一进程标识是所述一组TTI中第一TTI中的传输块对应的进程标识;或者,通过所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信道,获取第一进程标识,所述第一进程标识是所述一组TTI中第一TTI中的传输块对应的进程标识。Obtaining a preset first process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI; or receiving a control channel corresponding to the first TTI sent by the first network device, and acquiring a control channel carried in the control channel The first process identifier, the first process identifier is a process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI of the set of TTIs; or the first process identifier is obtained by using a common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs, The first process identifier is a process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI in the set of TTIs.
技术人员可以在第一网络设备和第二网络设备中预设每组TTI中第一TTI中的传输块对应的第一进程标识,并且存储至第一网络设备和第二网络设备中。第一网络设备调度一组TTI向第二网络设备传输数据时,一组TTI中每个TTI都对应控制信道,控制信道中可以携带控制信息,控制信息中可以包含资源分配信息和调制编码方式等,还可以在每组TTI中第一TTI对应的控制信道中,携带第一TTI中的传输块对应的第一进程标识。第一网络设备调度一组TTI向第二网络设备传输数据时,每组TTI可以对应有一个公共控制信道,一组TTI对应的公共控制信道可以在一组TTI之前,或第一TTI中,由第一网络设备向第二网络设备进行发送。第一网络设备可以在公共控制信道中携带第一TTI中的传输块对应的第一进程标识。The first process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI in each group of TTIs is preset in the first network device and the second network device, and is stored in the first network device and the second network device. When the first network device schedules a group of TTIs to transmit data to the second network device, each TTI of the group of TTIs corresponds to the control channel, and the control channel may carry control information, and the control information may include resource allocation information, modulation and coding modes, and the like. The first process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI may be carried in the control channel corresponding to the first TTI in each group of TTIs. When the first network device schedules a group of TTIs to transmit data to the second network device, each group of TTIs may have a common control channel, and the common control channel corresponding to a group of TTIs may be preceded by a set of TTIs or in the first TTI. The first network device transmits to the second network device. The first network device may carry the first process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI in the common control channel.
结合第一方面,在该第一方面的第四种可能实现方式中,所述根据所述第一进程标识,确定所述至少一个第二TTI各自的第二进程标识,包括:With reference to the first aspect, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the determining, by the first process identifier, the second process identifier of each of the at least one second TTI includes:
获取预设的最大进程数,以及所述第一TTI与第N个第二TTI之间的TTI间隔N;将所述第一进程标识与所述TTI间隔N之和,除以所述最大进程数,得到的余数,确定为所述第N个第二TTI的第二进程标识,其中,N为正整数;或者,获取预设的最大进程数,以及所述第一TTI与第一个第二TTI之间的TTI间隔P;将所述第一进程标识与所述TTI间隔P之和,除以所述最大进程数,得到的余数,确定为所述第一个第二TTI的第二进程标识,其中,P为正整数;获取第N个第二TTI的第二进程标识,以及第N+1个第二TTI与所述第N个第二TTI的TTI间隔Q,将所述第N个第二TTI的第二进程标识与所述TTI间隔Q之和,除以所述最大进程数,得到的余数,确定为所述第N+1个第二TTI的第二进程标识,其中,N、Q为正整数。Obtaining a preset maximum number of processes, and a TTI interval N between the first TTI and the Nth second TTI; dividing a sum of the first process identifier and the TTI interval N by the maximum process Number, the obtained remainder is determined as the second process identifier of the Nth second TTI, where N is a positive integer; or, the preset maximum number of processes is obtained, and the first TTI and the first a TTI interval P between the two TTIs; dividing the sum of the first process identifier and the TTI interval P by the maximum number of processes, and obtaining a remainder as the second of the first second TTI a process identifier, where P is a positive integer; a second process identifier of the Nth second TTI, and a TTI interval Q of the N+1th second TTI and the Nth second TTI, a sum of the second process identifier of the N second TTIs and the TTI interval Q, divided by the maximum number of processes, and the obtained remainder is determined as the second process identifier of the (N+1)th second TTI, where , N, Q are positive integers.
第二网络设备可以根据第一进程标识,确定一组TTI中所有第二TTI的第二进程标识,或者,第二网络设备可以根据第一进程标识确定第一个第二TTI的第二进程标识,第二个TTI的第二进程标识由第一个TTI的第二进程标识确定,这样,逐个确定一组TTI中所有第二TTI的第二进程标识。The second network device may determine, according to the first process identifier, a second process identifier of all the second TTIs in the set of TTIs, or the second network device may determine, according to the first process identifier, the second process identifier of the first second TTI. The second process identifier of the second TTI is determined by the second process identifier of the first TTI, such that the second process identifiers of all the second TTIs in a group of TTIs are determined one by one.
结合第一方面的第一种可能实现方式,在该第一方面的第五种可能实现方式中,所述获取所述一组TTI的时域范围信息,包括:获取预设的所述一组TTI的时域范围信息;或
者,接收所述第一网络设备发送的所述第一TTI对应的控制信道,获取所述第一TTI对应的控制信道中携带的所述一组TTI的时域范围信息;或者,通过所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信道,获取所述一组TTI的时域范围信息。With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in the fifth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the acquiring the time domain range information of the set of TTIs includes: acquiring the preset group TTI time domain range information; or
Receiving, by the first network device, the control channel corresponding to the first TTI, acquiring time domain range information of the group of TTIs carried in the control channel corresponding to the first TTI; or A common control channel corresponding to a set of TTIs acquires time domain range information of the set of TTIs.
技术人员可以预设第一网络设备为第二网络设备调度的每组TTI的时域范围信息,并且存储至第一网络设备和第二网络设备中。The technician can preset time domain range information of each group of TTIs that the first network device schedules for the second network device, and store the information into the first network device and the second network device.
或者,第一网络设备每次对应第二网络设备发送一组TTI时,第一网络设备在一组TTI中第一TTI对应的控制信道中携带时域范围信息。Or, the first network device carries the time domain range information in the control channel corresponding to the first TTI in the set of TTIs, each time the first network device sends a set of TTIs to the second network device.
或者,第一网络设备每次对应第二网络设备发送一组TTI时,第一网络设备可以在一组TTI对应的公共控制信道中携带一组TTI的时域范围信息。Alternatively, the first network device may carry a set of TTI time domain range information in a common control channel corresponding to a set of TTIs each time the first network device sends a set of TTIs to the second network device.
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一至五种可能实现方式,在该第一方面的第六种可能实现方式中,所述根据对所述一组TTI分别对应的数据信道的接收情况,生成与所述一组TTI分别对应的应答信息之前,包括:接收所述第一网络设备发送的所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信道,其中,所述第一TTI对应的控制信道中携带有所述第一TTI对应的控制信息,每个所述第二TTI对应的控制信道中分别携带有每个所述第二TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述第一TTI对应的控制信息的变化信息,所述变化信息包括:所述第二TTI的控制信息相对于所述第一TTI对应的控制信息的增量控制信息,或所述第二TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述第一TTI对应的控制信息更新的控制信息;根据所述第一TTI对应的控制信息和每个所述第二TTI对应的变化信息,分别确定每个所述第二TTI对应的控制信息;根据所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信息,对所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的数据信道,进行数据信道的解调和译码,确定所述每个TTI对应的数据信道的接收情况。With reference to the first aspect or the first to fifth possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in the sixth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the receiving, according to the data channel corresponding to the set of TTIs, respectively Before generating the response information corresponding to the set of TTIs, the method includes: receiving, by the first network device, a control channel corresponding to each TTI of the set of TTIs, where the control channel corresponding to the first TTI The control information corresponding to the first TTI is carried in the control channel corresponding to the second TTI, and the control information corresponding to each of the second TTIs is corresponding to the control information corresponding to the first TTI. Change information, the change information includes: incremental control information of control information of the second TTI with respect to control information corresponding to the first TTI, or control information corresponding to the second TTI with respect to the Control information updated by the control information corresponding to the TTI; determining, according to the control information corresponding to the first TTI and the change information corresponding to each of the second TTIs, control information corresponding to each of the second TTIs Demodulating and decoding a data channel for each data channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs according to control information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, and determining a data channel corresponding to each TTI Receiving situation.
第二网络设备在确定一组TTI中第二TTI中某个TTI的控制信息时,如果该TTI对应的变化信息是该TTI对应的控制信息相对于第一TTI对应的控制信息的增量控制信息,则可以将第一TTI对应的控制信息、该TTI对应的变化信息,作为该TTI对应的控制信息;如果该TTI对应的变化信息是该TTI对应的控制信息相对于第一TTI对应的控制信息更新的控制信息,则可以将第一TTI对应的控制信息中与该TTI对应的控制信息相同的部分控制信息、该TTI对应的变化信息,作为该TTI对应的控制信息。这样,就可以确定每个其它TTI对应的控制信息,并且可以节约传输资源。When the second network device determines the control information of a certain TTI in the second TTI in the set of TTIs, if the change information corresponding to the TTI is the incremental control information of the control information corresponding to the TTI and the control information corresponding to the first TTI The control information corresponding to the first TTI and the change information corresponding to the TTI may be used as the control information corresponding to the TTI; if the change information corresponding to the TTI is the control information corresponding to the control information of the TTI with respect to the first TTI For the updated control information, the partial control information and the change information corresponding to the TTI in the control information corresponding to the TTI in the control information corresponding to the first TTI may be used as the control information corresponding to the TTI. In this way, the control information corresponding to each other TTI can be determined, and the transmission resources can be saved.
特别地,当第二TTI中的某个TTI对应为某一进程上的重传时,该TTI可以不对应控制信道,而沿用该进程上前一TTI对应的控制信道中的控制信息。例如,一组TTI包含4个TTI,第一TTI的传输块的进程标识为0,第一个第二TTI的传输块的进程标识为1,第二个第二TTI的传输块的进程标识为0,第二个第二TTI的传输块的进程标识为1,当第一TTI的传输块对应的反馈信息为NACK,即表示接收错误,且第二个第二TTI的重传不超过最大重传次数,此时,第二个第二TTI对应为重传时,则该TTI可以不对应控制信道,使用第一TTI对应的控制信道中的控制信息,节省控制信道的发送。In particular, when a certain TTI in the second TTI corresponds to a retransmission on a certain process, the TTI may not correspond to the control channel, but inherit the control information in the control channel corresponding to the previous TTI in the process. For example, a set of TTIs includes 4 TTIs, a process identifier of a transport block of the first TTI is 0, a process identifier of a transport block of the first second TTI is 1, and a process identifier of a transport block of the second second TTI is 0. The process identifier of the transport block of the second second TTI is 1. When the feedback information corresponding to the transport block of the first TTI is NACK, it indicates that the error is received, and the retransmission of the second second TTI does not exceed the maximum weight. In this case, when the second second TTI is corresponding to the retransmission, the TTI may not use the control information in the control channel corresponding to the first TTI, and the control channel is saved.
第二网络设备可以使用一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信息,对于一组TTI中每个TTI对应的数据信道,进行解调,然后对解调后的数据信道进行译码,确定是否正确译码每个TTI对应的数据信道,进而得到每个TTI对应的数据信道的接收情况。The second network device may perform demodulation on the data channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of TTIs by using control information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, and then decode the demodulated data channel to determine whether it is correct. The data channel corresponding to each TTI is decoded, and then the reception condition of the data channel corresponding to each TTI is obtained.
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一至五种可能实现方式,在该第一方面的第七种可能实现方式中,所述根据对所述一组TTI分别对应的数据信道的接收情况,生成与所述一组TTI
分别对应的应答信息之前,包括:接收所述第一网络设备发送的所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信道,以及一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信道,其中,所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信道中携带有所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息,所述每个TTI对应的控制信道中分别携带有所述每个TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的变化信息,所述变化信息包括:所述每个TTI的公共控制信息相对于所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的增量控制信息,或所述每个TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息更新的控制信息;根据所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息和所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的变化信息,分别确定所述每个TTI对应的控制信息;根据所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信息,对所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的数据信道,进行数据信道的解调和译码,确定所述每个TTI对应的数据信道的接收情况。With reference to the first aspect or the first to fifth possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in the seventh possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the receiving, according to the data channel corresponding to the set of TTIs, respectively Generating with the set of TTIs
Before the corresponding response information, the method includes: receiving a common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs sent by the first network device, and a control channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of TTIs, where the set of TTIs is corresponding to The common control channel carries the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs, and the control channel corresponding to each TTI carries the common information corresponding to the control information of each TTI with respect to the set of TTIs. The change information of the control information includes: incremental control information of the common control information of each TTI relative to the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs, or control information corresponding to each TTI Control information updated by the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs; determining, according to the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs and the change information corresponding to each TTI of the set of TTIs, respectively, determining each of the TTIs Control information; demodulating and decoding the data channel for each data channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs according to control information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs Determining whether said received data channel in each case corresponding to the TTI.
第二网络设备在确定一组TTI中某个TTI的控制信息时,如果该TTI对应的变化信息是该TTI对应的控制信息相对于一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的增量控制信息,则可以将一组TTI对应的公共控制信息、该TTI对应的变化信息,作为该TTI对应的控制信息;如果该TTI对应的变化信息是该TTI对应的控制信息相对于一组TTI对应的公共控制信息更新的控制信息,则可以将一组TTI对应的公共控制信息中与该TTI对应的控制信息相同的部分控制信息、该TTI对应的变化信息,作为该TTI对应的控制信息。这样,就可以确定每个其它TTI对应的控制信息,并且可以节约传输资源。When the second network device determines the control information of a certain TTI in the TTI, if the change information corresponding to the TTI is the incremental control information of the control information corresponding to the TTI and the common control information corresponding to the TTI, The common control information corresponding to the TTI and the change information corresponding to the TTI are used as the control information corresponding to the TTI; if the change information corresponding to the TTI is the control information corresponding to the TTI is updated with respect to the common control information corresponding to the TTI For the control information, the partial control information that is the same as the control information corresponding to the TTI in the common control information corresponding to the TTI, and the change information corresponding to the TTI may be used as the control information corresponding to the TTI. In this way, the control information corresponding to each other TTI can be determined, and the transmission resources can be saved.
第二网络设备可以使用一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信息,对于一组TTI中每个TTI对应的数据信道,进行解调,然后对解调后的数据信道进行译码,确定是否正确译码每个TTI对应的数据信道,进而得到每个TTI对应的数据信道的接收情况。The second network device may perform demodulation on the data channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of TTIs by using control information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, and then decode the demodulated data channel to determine whether it is correct. The data channel corresponding to each TTI is decoded, and then the reception condition of the data channel corresponding to each TTI is obtained.
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一至五种可能实现方式,在该第一方面的第八种可能实现方式中,所述根据对所述一组TTI分别对应的数据信道的接收情况,生成与所述一组TTI分别对应的应答信息之前,包括:接收所述第一网络设备发送的所述一组TTI中每个TTI的参考信号,其中,所述第一TTI的参考信号占用的资源大小大于等于每个所述第二TTI的参考信号占用的资源大小;对于所述第一TTI,根据所述第一TTI的参考信号对所述第一TTI进行信道估计;对于所述第二TTI中的任一TTI,根据所述任一TTI的参考信号,以及所述一组TTI中在所述任一TTI之前的各TTI的参考信号中的全部或部分参考信号,对所述任一TTI进行信道估计;根据所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信息以及对应的信道估计结果,对所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的数据信道,进行数据信道的解调和译码,确定所述每个TTI对应的数据信道的接收情况。With reference to the first aspect or the first to fifth possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in the eighth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the receiving, according to the data channel corresponding to the set of TTIs, respectively Before generating the response information corresponding to the set of TTIs, the method includes: receiving a reference signal of each TTI of the set of TTIs sent by the first network device, where the reference signal of the first TTI is occupied The resource size is greater than or equal to the resource size occupied by the reference signal of each of the second TTIs; for the first TTI, channel estimation is performed on the first TTI according to the reference signal of the first TTI; Any one of the TTIs, according to the reference signal of any one of the TTIs, and all or part of the reference signals in the reference signals of the TTIs before the any one of the TTIs in the set of TTIs The TTI performs channel estimation. According to the control information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs and the corresponding channel estimation result, the data channel is demodulated and decoded for each data channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs. ,determine Where each of said received data channel corresponding to the TTI.
对于一组TTI中除第一TTI之外的第二TTI中任一TTI进行信道估计时,可以参考该TTI的参考信号、这一组TTI中该TTI之前的各TTI的参考信号中全部的参考信号,对该TTI进行信道估计,或者可以参考该TTI的参考信号、这一组TTI中该TTI之前的各TTI的参考信号中部分参考信号,对该TTI进行信道估计,这样,可以节约传输资源。For channel estimation of any TTI in the second TTI except for the first TTI in a set of TTIs, reference may be made to the reference signal of the TTI, and all references in the reference signals of the TTIs before the TTI in the set of TTIs. Signaling, performing channel estimation on the TTI, or referring to the reference signal of the TTI, and part of the reference signals in the reference signals of the TTIs before the TTI in the set of TTIs, performing channel estimation on the TTI, thereby saving transmission resources .
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一至八种可能实现方式,在该第一方面的第九种可能实现方式中,所述分别将所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的应答信息,发送给所述第一网络设备,包括:在所述一组TTI中的最后一个TTI内或所述一组TTI之外的一个TTI内,通过控制信道,分别将所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的应答信息,发送给所述第一网络设备。第二网络设备在接收到一组TTI中的全部TTI的数据信道后,可以通过一个TTI,向第一网
络设备反馈对应一组TTI中每个TTI的数据信息的混合自动重传请求应答消息,这样,不需要每接收一个TTI就进行上下行切换,从而可以节约上/下行切换开销。With reference to the first aspect or the first to eighth possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in the ninth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the response information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, And sending, to the first network device, each of the set of TTIs through a control channel within a last TTI of the set of TTIs or within a TTI other than the set of TTIs The response information corresponding to the TTI is sent to the first network device. After receiving the data channel of all TTIs in a set of TTIs, the second network device may go to the first network through a TTI.
The network device feeds back the hybrid automatic repeat request response message corresponding to the data information of each TTI in the set of TTIs, so that the uplink and downlink handovers are not required every time a TTI is received, so that the uplink/downlink switching overhead can be saved.
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一至九种可能实现方式,在该第一方面的第十种可能实现方式中,所述方法还包括:在所述第一TTI内或所述一组TTI之前的一个TTI内,通过控制信道,向所述第一网络设备发送所述一组TTI中每个TTI的数据信道对应的调度信息。With reference to the first aspect or the first to the nine possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in a tenth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the method further includes: in the first TTI or the group In a TTI before the TTI, the scheduling information corresponding to the data channel of each TTI in the set of TTIs is sent to the first network device by using a control channel.
调度信息中可以包含数据信道资源分配信息、信道调制编码信息、功控指示等信息等,第二网络设备可以通过第一TTI或一组TTI之前的一个TTI,向第一网络设备发送一组TTI的调度信息,这样不需要每传输一个TTI就进行上/下行切换,从而可以节约上/下行切换开销。The scheduling information may include information such as data channel resource allocation information, channel modulation and coding information, and power control indication, and the second network device may send a set of TTIs to the first network device by using the first TTI or a TTI before the set of TTIs. The scheduling information is such that uplink/downlink switching is not required every time a TTI is transmitted, thereby saving uplink/downlink switching overhead.
第二方面,提供了一种数据传输的方法,所述方法包括:In a second aspect, a method of data transmission is provided, the method comprising:
向第二网络设备发送对应所述第二网络设备的一组TTI中每个TTI的数据信道;接收所述第二网络设备根据所述数据信道的接收情况而反馈的所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的应答信息;根据接收到的应答信息,进行混合自动重传请求HARQ处理。Transmitting, to the second network device, a data channel corresponding to each TTI of the set of TTIs of the second network device; receiving, by the second network device, each of the set of TTIs fed back according to the receiving condition of the data channel The response information corresponding to the TTIs; and the hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ process is performed according to the received response information.
第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送一组TTI中每个TTI的数据信道,当接收到第二网络设备发送的一组TTI中每个TTI的对应的应答信息时,根据接收到的应答信息,进行HARQ处理。The first network device sends a data channel of each TTI in the set of TTIs to the second network device, and receives the corresponding response information of each TTI in the set of TTIs sent by the second network device, according to the received response information. , performing HARQ processing.
结合第二方面,在该第二方面的第一种可能实现方式中,所述一组TTI包括第一TTI以及至少一个第二TTI;所述第一TTI对应的控制信道中携带有所述第一TTI的传输块的进程标识,每个所述第二TTI对应的控制信道中不携带传输块的进程标识;或者,所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信道中携带有所述第一TTI的传输块的进程标识,所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信道中不携带传输块的进程标识。With reference to the second aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the set of TTIs includes a first TTI and at least one second TTI, and the control channel corresponding to the first TTI carries the foregoing a process identifier of a transport block of the TTI, where the control channel corresponding to the second TTI does not carry a process identifier of the transport block; or the common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs carries the first TTI The process identifier of the transport block, where the control channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs does not carry the process identifier of the transport block.
其中,一组TTI中包括第一TTI以及至少一个第二TTI,第一TTI为一组TTI中第一个TTI,第二TTI为一组TTI中除第一TTI之外的TTI。The first TTI is the first TTI of the set of TTIs, and the second TTI is the TTI of the set of TTIs other than the first TTI.
第一进程标识可以在第一TTI对应的控制信道中携带,也可以在一组TTI对应的公共控制信道中携带。The first process identifier may be carried in a control channel corresponding to the first TTI, or may be carried in a common control channel corresponding to a group of TTIs.
结合第二方面,在该第二方面的第二种可能实现方式中,所述方法还包括:确定所述一组TTI的时域范围信息;向所述第二网络设备发送所述一组TTI中每个TTI的控制信道,所述第一TTI对应的控制信道中携带有所述一组TTI的时域范围信息;或者,向所述第二网络设备发送所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信道,所述公共控制信道中携带有所述一组TTI的时域范围信息。With reference to the second aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the method further includes: determining time domain range information of the set of TTIs; and sending the set of TTIs to the second network device a control channel of each TTI, where the control channel corresponding to the first TTI carries time domain range information of the set of TTIs; or, sends a common control corresponding to the set of TTIs to the second network device Channel, the common control channel carries time domain range information of the set of TTIs.
时域范围信息可以在第一TTI对应的控制信道中携带,也可以在一组TTI对应的公共控制信道中携带。The time domain range information may be carried in a control channel corresponding to the first TTI, or may be carried in a common control channel corresponding to a group of TTIs.
结合第二方面的第二种可能实现方式,在该第二方面的第三种可能实现方式中,所述一组TTI的时域范围信息是:所述一组TTI中TTI的数目,或所述一组TTI中第一个TTI与最后一个TTI的时间间隔,或所述一组TTI中第一TTI对应的控制信息的生效时间范围,或所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的生效时间范围。With reference to the second possible implementation of the second aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the time domain range information of the set of TTIs is: the number of TTIs in the set of TTIs, or The time interval between the first TTI and the last TTI in the set of TTIs, or the effective time range of the control information corresponding to the first TTI in the set of TTIs, or the effective time of the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs range.
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一至三种可能实现方式,在该第二方面的第四种可能实现方式中,所述一组TTI包括第一TTI以及至少一个第二TTI,所述方法还包括:分别确定
每个所述第二TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述第一TTI对应的控制信息的变化信息,其中,所述变化信息包括:所述第二TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述第一TTI对应的控制信息的增量控制信息,或所述第二TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述第一TTI对应的控制信息更新的控制信息;向所述第二网络设备发送所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信道,所述第一TTI对应的控制信道中携带有所述第一TTI对应的控制信息,每个所述第二TTI对应的控制信道中分别携带有每个所述第二TTI对应的变化信息。With reference to the second aspect or the first to third possible implementation manners of the second aspect, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the set of TTIs includes a first TTI and at least one second TTI, The method also includes: determining separately
The change information corresponding to the control information corresponding to the first TTI, and the change information includes: control information corresponding to the second TTI, relative to the first TTI The incremental control information of the corresponding control information, or the control information updated by the control information corresponding to the second TTI with respect to the control information corresponding to the first TTI; and the sending of the set of TTIs to the second network device a control channel corresponding to each TTI, where the control channel corresponding to the first TTI carries control information corresponding to the first TTI, and each of the control channels corresponding to the second TTI carries each of the foregoing The change information corresponding to the two TTIs.
第一网络设备可以向第二网络设备发送一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信道,第一TTI对应的控制信道中携带有第一TTI对应的控制信息,第二TTI对应的控制信道中携带有每个第二TTI对应的变化信息。这样,第一网络设备不需要向第二网络设备发送每个TTI对应的全部控制信息,从而可以节约大量的传输资源。The first network device may send, to the second network device, a control channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, where the control channel corresponding to the first TTI carries the control information corresponding to the first TTI, and the control channel corresponding to the second TTI is carried in the control channel. There is change information corresponding to each second TTI. In this way, the first network device does not need to send all the control information corresponding to each TTI to the second network device, so that a large amount of transmission resources can be saved.
特别地,当第二TTI中的TTI对应为某一进程上的重传时,该TTI可以不对应控制信道的发送,而沿用该进程上前一TTI对应的控制信道中的控制信息,即为非自适应重传。如一组TTI包括4个TTI,第一TTI的传输块的进程标识为0,第一个第二TTI的传输块的进程标识为1,第二个第二TTI的传输块的进程标识为0,第三个第二TTI的传输块的进程标识为1,当第一TTI的传输块对应的反馈信息为NACK,即表示接收错误,且第二个第二TTI的重传不超过最大重传次数,此时,第二个第二TTI对应为重传时,则该TTI可以不对应控制信道,使用第一TTI对应的控制信道中的控制信息,节省控制信道的发送。In particular, when the TTI in the second TTI corresponds to a retransmission on a certain process, the TTI may not correspond to the transmission of the control channel, but the control information in the control channel corresponding to the previous TTI in the process is used. Non-adaptive retransmission. If the set of TTIs includes 4 TTIs, the process identifier of the transport block of the first TTI is 0, the process identifier of the transport block of the first second TTI is 1, and the process identifier of the transport block of the second second TTI is 0. The process identifier of the transport block of the third second TTI is 1. When the feedback information corresponding to the transport block of the first TTI is NACK, it indicates that the error is received, and the retransmission of the second second TTI does not exceed the maximum number of retransmissions. In this case, when the second second TTI is corresponding to the retransmission, the TTI may not use the control information in the control channel corresponding to the first TTI, and the control channel is saved.
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一至三种可能实现方式,在该第二方面的第五种可能实现方式中,所述方法还包括:确定所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的变化信息,所述变化信息包括:所述每个TTI的公共控制信息相对于所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的增量控制信息,或所述每个TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息更新的控制信息;向所述第二网络设备发送所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信道,以及一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信道,所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信道中携带有所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息,所述每个TTI对应的控制信道中分别携带有所述每个TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的变化信息。With reference to the second aspect or the first to third possible implementation manners of the second aspect, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the method further includes: determining, corresponding to each TTI of the set of TTIs The change information of the control information relative to the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs, the change information includes: incremental control information of the common control information of each TTI relative to the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs And control information updated by the control information corresponding to each TTI with respect to the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs; the common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs is sent to the second network device, and a group a control channel corresponding to each TTI in the TTI, where the common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs carries the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs, where each control channel corresponding to each TTI carries the foregoing The control information corresponding to the TTI is relative to the change information of the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs.
第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送一组TTI对应的公共控制信息,第一网络设备可以向第二网络设备发送一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信道,每个TTI对应的控制信道中携带有每个TTI对应的变化信息。这样,第一网络设备不需要向第二网络设备发送每个TTI对应的全部控制信息,从而可以节约大量的传输资源。The first network device sends a common control information corresponding to the TTI to the second network device, and the first network device may send, to the second network device, a control channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, where each TTI corresponds to the control channel. Carrying change information corresponding to each TTI. In this way, the first network device does not need to send all the control information corresponding to each TTI to the second network device, so that a large amount of transmission resources can be saved.
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一至三种可能实现方式,在该第二方面的第六种可能实现方式中,所述一组TTI包括第一TTI以及至少一个第二TTI,所述方法还包括:向所述第二网络设备发送所述一组TTI中每个TTI的参考信号,其中,所述第一TTI的参考信号占用的资源大小大于等于每个所述第二TTI的参考信号占用的资源大小。With reference to the second aspect or the first to third possible implementation manners of the second aspect, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the set of TTIs includes a first TTI and at least one second TTI, The method further includes: transmitting, to the second network device, a reference signal of each TTI in the set of TTIs, where a reference signal of the first TTI occupies a resource size greater than or equal to a reference of each of the second TTIs The amount of resources occupied by the signal.
第一网络设备为第二网络设备调度一组TTI,第一网络设备可以将每个TTI的参考信号在对应的TTI中发送至第二网络设备,第一TTI的参考信号可以独立进行信道估计,第二TTI在进行信道估计时,需要参考一组TTI中该TTI之前的全部或部分TTI参考信号,第一TTI的参考信号占用的资源大小大于等于每个第二TTI的参考信号占用的资源大小,资源大小可以用资源单元的个数表示,这样,第二TTI的参考信号占用的传输资源比较少,
从而可以节约传输资源。The first network device schedules a set of TTIs for the second network device, and the first network device may send the reference signal of each TTI to the second network device in the corresponding TTI, where the reference signal of the first TTI can perform channel estimation independently. The second TTI needs to refer to all or part of the TTI reference signals before the TTI in the TTI. The resource size occupied by the reference signal of the first TTI is greater than or equal to the resource size occupied by the reference signal of each second TTI. The resource size can be represented by the number of resource units, so that the reference signal of the second TTI occupies less transmission resources.
Thereby saving transmission resources.
第三方面,提供了一种网络设备,所述网络设备包括接收器、处理器和发射器,其中:In a third aspect, a network device is provided, the network device comprising a receiver, a processor, and a transmitter, wherein:
所述接收器,用于接收第一网络设备发送的,与一组传输时间间隔TTI中的各个TTI分别对应的,数据信道,其中,所述一组TTI包括第一TTI以及至少一个第二TTI;所述处理器,用于获取与所述第一TTI中的传输块对应的第一进程标识,并根据所述第一进程标识,确定所述至少一个第二TTI各自的第二进程标识;所述处理器,用于根据对所述一组TTI分别对应的数据信道的接收情况,生成与所述一组TTI分别对应的应答信息;所述发射器,用于分别将所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的应答信息发送给所述第一网络设备。The receiver is configured to receive, by the first network device, a data channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of transmission time intervals TTI, where the set of TTIs includes a first TTI and at least one second TTI The processor is configured to acquire a first process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI, and determine, according to the first process identifier, a second process identifier of each of the at least one second TTI; The processor is configured to generate response information corresponding to the set of TTIs respectively according to the receiving conditions of the data channels corresponding to the set of TTIs; the transmitter is configured to respectively use the set of TTIs The response information corresponding to each TTI is sent to the first network device.
结合第三方面,在该第三方面的第一种可能实现方式中,所述处理器,用于:获取所述一组TTI的时域范围信息,并根据所述时域范围信息,确定所述一组TTI中所包括的所述第一TTI以及所述至少一个第二TTI;所述接收器,用于分别接收所述第一TTI以及所述至少一个第二TTI各自对应的数据信道。With reference to the third aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the processor is configured to: acquire time domain range information of the set of TTIs, and determine, according to the time domain range information, The first TTI and the at least one second TTI included in a set of TTIs; the receiver, configured to receive a data channel corresponding to each of the first TTI and the at least one second TTI, respectively.
结合第三方面的第一种可能实现方式,在该第三方面的第二种可能实现方式中,根据所述时域范围信息,确定所述一组TTI中所包括的所述第一TTI以及所述至少一个第二TTI,包括下列情况中的任意一种:在所述时域范围信息指示所述一组TTI中包括的TTI的数目为N的情况下,则确定所述一组TTI中所包括的TTI为所述第一TTI以及所述第一TTI之后的连续的N-1个第二TTI;在所述时域范围信息指示了所述一组TTI中第一个TTI与最后一个TTI的时间间隔的情况下,则确定所述一组TTI中所包括的TTI为所述第一TTI以及在所述第一TTI之后且处于所述时间间隔内的所有第二TTI;在所述时域范围信息指示所述第一TTI对应的控制信息的生效时间范围的情况下,根据所述第一个TTI对应的控制信息的生效时间范围,则确定所述一组TTI中所包括的TTI为所述第一TTI以及在所述第一TTI之后且处于所述控制信息的生效时间范围内的所有第二TTI;在所述时域范围信息指示所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的生效时间范围的情况下,则确定所述一组TTI中所包括的TTI为所述第一TTI以及在所述第一TTI之后且处于所述公共控制信息的生效时间范围内的所有第二TTI。With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the third aspect, determining, according to the time domain range information, the first TTI included in the group of TTIs and The at least one second TTI includes any one of the following situations: when the time domain range information indicates that the number of TTIs included in the group of TTIs is N, determining the set of TTIs The included TTI is the first TTI and consecutive N-1 second TTIs after the first TTI; and the time domain range information indicates the first TTI and the last one of the set of TTIs In the case of a time interval of the TTI, determining that the TTI included in the set of TTIs is the first TTI and all second TTIs after the first TTI and within the time interval; When the time domain range information indicates the effective time range of the control information corresponding to the first TTI, determining the TTI included in the set of TTIs according to the effective time range of the control information corresponding to the first TTI For the first TTI and after the first TTI and at All second TTIs within the effective time range of the control information; where the time domain range information indicates an effective time range of the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs, determining the set of TTIs The included TTI is the first TTI and all second TTIs after the first TTI and within the effective time range of the common control information.
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一至二种可能实现方式,在该第三方面的第三种可能实现方式中,所述处理器,用于:获取预设的与所述第一TTI中的传输块对应的第一进程标识;或者,所述接收器,用于接收所述第一网络设备发送的所述第一TTI对应的控制信道,所述处理器,用于获取所述控制信道中携带的第一进程标识,所述第一进程标识是所述一组TTI中第一TTI中的传输块对应的进程标识;或者,所述处理器,用于通过所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信道,获取第一进程标识,所述第一进程标识是所述一组TTI中第一TTI中的传输块对应的进程标识。With reference to the third aspect or the first to the second possible implementation manners of the third aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the processor is configured to: acquire a preset and the first TTI a first process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the medium; or the receiver, configured to receive a control channel corresponding to the first TTI sent by the first network device, where the processor is configured to acquire the control a first process identifier carried in the channel, where the first process identifier is a process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI of the set of TTIs; or the processor is configured to correspond to the set of TTIs And obtaining, by the common control channel, a first process identifier, where the first process identifier is a process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI of the group of TTIs.
结合第三方面,在该第三方面的第四种可能实现方式中,所述处理器,用于:获取预设的最大进程数,以及所述第一TTI与第N个第二TTI之间的TTI间隔N;将所述第一进程标识与所述TTI间隔N之和,除以所述最大进程数,得到的余数,确定为所述第N个第二TTI的第二进程标识,其中,N为正整数;或者,获取预设的最大进程数,以及所述第一TTI与第一个第二TTI之间的TTI间隔P;将所述第一进程标识与所述TTI间隔P之和,除以所述最大进程数,得到的余数,确定为所述第一个第二TTI的第二进程标识,其中,P
为正整数;获取第N个第二TTI的第二进程标识,以及第N+1个第二TTI与所述第N个第二TTI的TTI间隔Q,将所述第N个第二TTI的第二进程标识与所述TTI间隔Q之和,除以所述最大进程数,得到的余数,确定为所述第N+1个第二TTI的第二进程标识,其中,N、Q为正整数。With reference to the third aspect, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the processor is configured to: obtain a preset maximum number of processes, and between the first TTI and the Nth second TTI The TTI interval N is obtained by dividing the sum of the first process identifier and the TTI interval N by the maximum number of processes, and the obtained remainder is determined as the second process identifier of the Nth second TTI, where And N is a positive integer; or, the preset maximum number of processes, and the TTI interval P between the first TTI and the first second TTI; and the first process identifier and the TTI interval P And dividing by the maximum number of processes, the obtained remainder is determined as the second process identifier of the first second TTI, where, P
a positive integer; obtaining a second process identifier of the Nth second TTI, and a TTI interval Q of the N+1 second TTI and the Nth second TTI, where the Nth second TTI is The sum of the second process identifier and the TTI interval Q, divided by the maximum number of processes, and the obtained remainder is determined as the second process identifier of the (N+1)th second TTI, where N and Q are positive Integer.
结合第三方面的第一种可能实现方式,在该第三方面的第五种可能实现方式中,所述处理器,用于:获取预设的所述一组TTI的时域范围信息;或者,所述接收器,用于接收所述第一网络设备发送的所述第一TTI对应的控制信道,所述处理器,用于获取所述第一TTI对应的控制信道中携带的所述一组TTI的时域范围信息;或者,所述处理器,用于通过所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信道,获取所述一组TTI的时域范围信息。With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the processor is configured to: acquire time domain range information of the preset one set of TTIs; or The receiver is configured to receive a control channel corresponding to the first TTI that is sent by the first network device, where the processor is configured to acquire the one that is carried in the control channel corresponding to the first TTI Time domain range information of the group TTI; or the processor, configured to acquire time domain range information of the set of TTIs by using a common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs.
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一至五种可能实现方式,在该第三方面的第六种可能实现方式中,所述接收器,用于接收所述第一网络设备发送的所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信道,其中,所述第一TTI对应的控制信道中携带有所述第一TTI对应的控制信息,每个所述第二TTI对应的控制信道中分别携带有每个所述第二TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述第一TTI对应的控制信息的变化信息,所述变化信息包括:所述第二TTI的控制信息相对于所述第一TTI对应的控制信息的增量控制信息,或所述第二TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述第一TTI对应的控制信息更新的控制信息;所述处理器,用于根据所述第一TTI对应的控制信息和每个所述第二TTI对应的变化信息,分别确定每个所述第二TTI对应的控制信息;所述处理器,用于根据所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信息,对所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的数据信道,进行数据信道的解调和译码,确定所述每个TTI对应的数据信道的接收情况。With reference to the third aspect or the first to fifth possible implementation manners of the third aspect, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the receiver, configured to receive the a control channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of TTIs, where the control channel corresponding to the first TTI carries control information corresponding to the first TTI, and each control channel corresponding to the second TTI carries And the change information of the control information corresponding to the first TTI, the change information includes: the control information of the second TTI corresponding to the first TTI The incremental control information of the control information, or the control information updated by the control information corresponding to the second TTI with respect to the control information corresponding to the first TTI; the processor, configured to control according to the first TTI The information and the change information corresponding to each of the second TTIs respectively determine control information corresponding to each of the second TTIs; the processor is configured to use, according to the control information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, For the one TTI in each TTI corresponding data channel to demodulate and decode the data channel, the receiving condition is determined for each data channel corresponding to the TTI.
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一至五种可能实现方式,在该第三方面的第七种可能实现方式中,所述接收器,用于接收所述第一网络设备发送的所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信道,以及一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信道,其中,所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信道中携带有所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息,所述每个TTI对应的控制信道中分别携带有所述每个TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的变化信息,所述变化信息包括:所述每个TTI的公共控制信息相对于所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的增量控制信息,或所述每个TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息更新的控制信息;所述处理器,用于根据所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息和所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的变化信息,分别确定所述每个TTI对应的控制信息;所述处理器,用于根据所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信息,对所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的数据信道,进行数据信道的解调和译码,确定所述每个TTI对应的数据信道的接收情况。With reference to the third aspect or the first to fifth possible implementation manners of the third aspect, in a seventh possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the receiver, configured to receive the a common control channel corresponding to a set of TTIs, and a control channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, wherein the common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs carries common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs, The control information corresponding to each TTI carries the change information of the control information corresponding to each TTI with respect to the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs, and the change information includes: the common control of each TTI Incremental control information of the information relative to the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs, or control information updated by the control information corresponding to each TTI with respect to the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs; the processor And determining, according to the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs and the change information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, the control information corresponding to each TTI; the processor, Demodulating and decoding a data channel for each data channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs according to control information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, and determining data corresponding to each TTI Channel reception.
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一至五种可能实现方式,在该第三方面的第八种可能实现方式中,所述接收器,用于:接收所述第一网络设备发送的所述一组TTI中每个TTI的参考信号,其中,所述第一TTI的参考信号占用的资源大小大于等于每个所述第二TTI的参考信号占用的资源大小;所述处理器,用于对于所述第一TTI,根据所述第一TTI的参考信号对所述第一TTI进行信道估计;所述处理器,用于对于所述第二TTI中的任一TTI,根据所述任一TTI的参考信号,以及所述一组TTI中在所述任一TTI之前的各TTI的参考信号中的全部或部分参考信号,对所述任一TTI进行信道估计;所述处理器,用于根据所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信息以及对应的信道估计结果,对所述一组TTI中每个TTI
对应的数据信道,进行数据信道的解调和译码,确定所述每个TTI对应的数据信道的接收情况。With reference to the third aspect or the first to fifth possible implementation manners of the third aspect, in the eighth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the receiver is configured to: receive, by the first network device, a reference signal of each TTI in a set of TTIs, where a reference signal of the first TTI occupies a resource size greater than or equal to a resource size occupied by a reference signal of each of the second TTIs; For the first TTI, performing channel estimation on the first TTI according to the reference signal of the first TTI; the processor, configured to use any one of the second TTIs according to any one of the TTIs a reference signal of the TTI, and all or part of the reference signals in the reference signals of the TTIs before the any one of the TTIs, performing channel estimation on the any TTI; the processor, configured to: Determining each TTI of the set of TTIs according to control information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs and corresponding channel estimation results
Corresponding data channels are used for demodulating and decoding the data channel to determine the reception status of the data channel corresponding to each TTI.
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一至八种可能实现方式,在该第三方面的第九种可能实现方式中,所述发射器,用于:在所述一组TTI中的最后一个TTI内或所述一组TTI之外的一个TTI内,通过控制信道,分别将所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的应答信息,发送给所述第一网络设备。In conjunction with the third aspect or the first to eighth possible implementations of the third aspect, in a ninth possible implementation of the third aspect, the transmitter is configured to: the last one of the set of TTIs The response information corresponding to each TTI of the set of TTIs is sent to the first network device by using a control channel in a TTI or a TTI other than the set of TTIs.
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一至九种可能实现方式,在该第三方面的第十种可能实现方式中,所述发射器,还用于:在所述第一TTI内或所述一组TTI之前的一个TTI内,通过控制信道,向所述第一网络设备发送所述一组TTI中每个TTI的数据信道对应的调度信息。With reference to the third aspect or the first to the nine possible implementation manners of the third aspect, in the tenth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the transmitter is further configured to: In a TTI before a set of TTIs, scheduling information corresponding to a data channel of each TTI in the set of TTIs is sent to the first network device by using a control channel.
第四方面,提供了一种网络设备,所述网络设备包括发射器、接收器和处理器,其中:In a fourth aspect, a network device is provided, the network device comprising a transmitter, a receiver, and a processor, wherein:
所述发射器,用于向第二网络设备发送对应所述第二网络设备的一组TTI中每个TTI的数据信道;所述接收器,用于接收所述第二网络设备根据所述数据信道的接收情况而反馈的所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的应答信息;所述处理器,用于根据接收到的应答信息,进行混合自动重传请求HARQ处理。The transmitter is configured to send, to the second network device, a data channel corresponding to each TTI of the set of TTIs of the second network device, where the receiver is configured to receive the second network device according to the data The response information corresponding to each TTI of the set of TTIs fed back by the receiving condition of the channel; the processor, configured to perform hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ processing according to the received response information.
结合第四方面,在该第四方面的第一种可能实现方式中,所述一组TTI包括第一TTI以及至少一个第二TTI;所述第一TTI对应的控制信道中携带有所述第一TTI的传输块的进程标识,每个所述第二TTI对应的控制信道中不携带传输块的进程标识;或者,所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信道中携带有所述第一TTI的传输块的进程标识,所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信道中不携带传输块的进程标识。With reference to the fourth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the set of TTIs includes a first TTI and at least one second TTI, and the control channel corresponding to the first TTI carries the foregoing a process identifier of a transport block of the TTI, where the control channel corresponding to the second TTI does not carry a process identifier of the transport block; or the common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs carries the first TTI The process identifier of the transport block, where the control channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs does not carry the process identifier of the transport block.
结合第四方面,在该第四方面的第二种可能实现方式中,所述处理器,还用于确定所述一组TTI的时域范围信息;所述发射器,还用于向所述第二网络设备发送所述一组TTI中每个TTI的控制信道,所述第一TTI对应的控制信道中携带有所述一组TTI的时域范围信息;或者,所述发射器,还用于向所述第二网络设备发送所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信道,所述公共控制信道中携带有所述一组TTI的时域范围信息。With reference to the fourth aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the processor is further configured to determine time domain range information of the set of TTIs; the transmitter is further configured to Transmitting, by the second network device, a control channel of each TTI in the set of TTIs, where the control channel corresponding to the first TTI carries time domain range information of the set of TTIs; or, the transmitter is further used Transmitting, to the second network device, a common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs, where the common control channel carries time domain range information of the set of TTIs.
结合第四方面的第二种可能实现方式,在该第四方面的第三种可能实现方式中,所述一组TTI的时域范围信息是:所述一组TTI中TTI的数目,或所述一组TTI中第一个TTI与最后一个TTI的时间间隔,或所述一组TTI中第一TTI对应的控制信息的生效时间范围,或所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的生效时间范围。With reference to the second possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the time domain range information of the set of TTIs is: the number of TTIs in the set of TTIs, or The time interval between the first TTI and the last TTI in the set of TTIs, or the effective time range of the control information corresponding to the first TTI in the set of TTIs, or the effective time of the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs range.
结合第四方面或第四方面的第一至三种可能实现方式,在该第四方面的第四种可能实现方式中,所述一组TTI包括第一TTI以及至少一个第二TTI,所述处理器还用于:分别确定每个所述第二TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述第一TTI对应的控制信息的变化信息,其中,所述变化信息包括:所述第二TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述第一TTI对应的控制信息的增量控制信息,或所述第二TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述第一TTI对应的控制信息更新的控制信息;所述发射器,还用于向所述第二网络设备发送所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信道,所述第一TTI对应的控制信道中携带有所述第一TTI对应的控制信息,每个所述第二TTI对应的控制信道中分别携带有每个所述第二TTI对应的变化信息。With reference to the fourth aspect or the first to third possible implementation manners of the fourth aspect, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the set of TTIs includes a first TTI and at least one second TTI, The processor is further configured to: respectively determine, according to the change information of the control information corresponding to the second TTI, the control information corresponding to the first TTI, where the change information includes: the control corresponding to the second TTI The incremental control information of the information relative to the control information corresponding to the first TTI, or the control information updated by the control information corresponding to the second TTI with respect to the control information corresponding to the first TTI; the transmitter, And transmitting, by the second network device, a control channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, where the control channel corresponding to the first TTI carries control information corresponding to the first TTI, where each Each of the control channels corresponding to the second TTI carries change information corresponding to each of the second TTIs.
结合第四方面或第四方面的第一至三种可能实现方式,在该第四方面的第五种可能实
现方式中,所述处理器还用于:确定所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的变化信息,所述变化信息包括:所述每个TTI的公共控制信息相对于所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的增量控制信息,或所述每个TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息更新的控制信息;所述发射器,还用于向所述第二网络设备发送所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信道,以及一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信道,所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信道中携带有所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息,所述每个TTI对应的控制信道中分别携带有所述每个TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的变化信息。In conjunction with the fourth aspect or the first to third possible implementations of the fourth aspect, the fifth possibility in the fourth aspect
In the current mode, the processor is further configured to: determine change information of control information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs relative to common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs, where the change information includes: The incremental control information of the common control information of each TTI relative to the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs, or the control of the control information corresponding to each TTI relative to the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs The transmitter is further configured to send, to the second network device, a common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs, and a control channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of TTIs, where the set of TTIs corresponds to a common The control channel carries the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs, where the control channel corresponding to each TTI carries the common control information corresponding to the control information of each TTI with respect to the set of TTIs. Change information.
结合第四方面或第四方面的第一至三种可能实现方式,在该第四方面的第六种可能实现方式中,所述一组TTI包括第一TTI以及至少一个第二TTI,所述发射器还用于:向所述第二网络设备发送所述一组TTI中每个TTI的参考信号,其中,所述第一TTI的参考信号占用的资源大小大于等于每个所述第二TTI的参考信号占用的资源大小。With reference to the fourth aspect or the first to third possible implementation manners of the fourth aspect, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the set of TTIs includes a first TTI and at least one second TTI, The transmitter is further configured to: send, to the second network device, a reference signal of each TTI in the set of TTIs, where a reference signal of the first TTI occupies a resource size greater than or equal to each of the second TTIs The size of the resource occupied by the reference signal.
第五方面,提供了一种网络设备,其特征在于,所述网络设备包括:In a fifth aspect, a network device is provided, where the network device includes:
接收模块,用于接收第一网络设备发送的,与一组传输时间间隔TTI中的各个TTI分别对应的,数据信道,其中,所述一组TTI包括第一TTI以及至少一个第二TTI;获取模块,用于获取与所述第一TTI中的传输块对应的第一进程标识;确定模块,用于根据所述第一进程标识,确定所述至少一个第二TTI各自的第二进程标识;生成模块,用于根据对所述一组TTI分别对应的数据信道的接收情况,生成与所述一组TTI分别对应的应答信息;发送模块,用于分别将所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的应答信息发送给所述第一网络设备。a receiving module, configured to receive, by the first network device, a data channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of transmission time intervals TTI, where the set of TTIs includes a first TTI and at least one second TTI; a module, configured to acquire a first process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI, and a determining module, configured to determine, according to the first process identifier, a second process identifier of each of the at least one second TTI; a generating module, configured to generate response information corresponding to the set of TTIs respectively according to the receiving situation of the data channel corresponding to the set of TTIs; and a sending module, configured to respectively use each TTI in the set of TTIs Corresponding response information is sent to the first network device.
结合第五方面,在该第五方面的第一种可能实现方式中,所述接收模块,包括确定子模块和接收子模块,其中:所述确定子模块,用于获取所述一组TTI的时域范围信息,并根据所述时域范围信息,确定所述一组TTI中所包括的所述第一TTI以及所述至少一个第二TTI;所述接收子模块,用于分别接收所述第一TTI以及所述至少一个第二TTI各自对应的数据信道。With reference to the fifth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the receiving module includes a determining submodule and a receiving submodule, where: the determining submodule is configured to acquire the set of TTIs Time domain range information, and determining, according to the time domain range information, the first TTI and the at least one second TTI included in the set of TTIs; the receiving submodule, configured to receive the A data channel corresponding to each of the first TTI and the at least one second TTI.
结合第五方面的第一种可能实现方式,在该第五方面的第二种可能实现方式中,所述确定子模块,用于:在所述时域范围信息指示所述一组TTI中包括的TTI的数目为N的情况下,则确定所述一组TTI中所包括的TTI为所述第一TTI以及所述第一TTI之后的连续的N-1个第二TTI;在所述时域范围信息指示了所述一组TTI中第一个TTI与最后一个TTI的时间间隔的情况下,则确定所述一组TTI中所包括的TTI为所述第一TTI以及在所述第一TTI之后且处于所述时间间隔内的所有第二TTI;在所述时域范围信息指示所述第一TTI对应的控制信息的生效时间范围的情况下,则根据所述第一TTI对应的控制信息的生效时间范围,确定所述一组TTI中所包括的TTI为所述第一TTI以及在所述第一TTI之后且处于所述控制信息的生效时间范围内的所有第二TTI;在所述时域范围信息指示所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的生效时间范围的情况下,则根据所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的生效时间范围,确定所述一组TTI中所包括的TTI为所述第一TTI以及在所述第一TTI之后且处于所述公共控制信息的生效时间范围内的所有第二TTI。With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in the second possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the determining submodule is configured to: include, in the time domain range information, the group of TTIs If the number of TTIs is N, determining that the TTIs included in the set of TTIs are the first TTI and consecutive N-1 second TTIs after the first TTI; If the domain range information indicates a time interval between the first TTI and the last TTI in the set of TTIs, determining that the TTI included in the set of TTIs is the first TTI and in the first All the second TTIs after the TTI and in the time interval; in the case that the time domain range information indicates the effective time range of the control information corresponding to the first TTI, according to the control corresponding to the first TTI The effective time range of the information, determining that the TTI included in the set of TTIs is the first TTI and all the second TTIs that are after the first TTI and are within the effective time range of the control information; The time domain range information indicates the public control corresponding to the set of TTIs Determining, according to the effective time range of the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs, determining that the TTI included in the set of TTIs is the first TTI and in the first All second TTIs after the TTI and within the effective time range of the common control information.
结合第五方面或第五方面的第一至二种可能实现方式,在该第五方面的第三种可能实现方式中,所述获取模块,用于:获取预设的与所述第一TTI中的传输块对应的第一进程
标识;或者,所述接收模块,用于接收所述第一网络设备发送的所述第一TTI对应的控制信道,所述获取模块,用于获取所述控制信道中携带的第一进程标识,所述第一进程标识是所述一组TTI中第一TTI中的传输块对应的进程标识;或者,所述获取模块,用于通过所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信道,获取第一进程标识,所述第一进程标识是所述一组TTI中第一TTI中的传输块对应的进程标识。With reference to the fifth aspect or the first to the second possible implementation manners of the fifth aspect, in the third possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the acquiring module is configured to: acquire a preset and the first TTI The first process corresponding to the transport block in
And the receiving module is configured to receive a control channel corresponding to the first TTI that is sent by the first network device, where the acquiring module is configured to acquire a first process identifier carried in the control channel, where The first process identifier is a process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI of the set of TTIs; or the acquiring module is configured to obtain the first process by using a common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs And the first process identifier is a process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI in the set of TTIs.
结合第五方面,在该第五方面的第四种可能实现方式中,所述获取模块,用于获取预设的最大进程数,以及所述第一TTI与第N个第二TTI之间的TTI间隔N;所述确定模块,用于将所述第一进程标识与所述TTI间隔N之和,除以所述最大进程数,得到的余数,确定为所述第N个第二TTI的第二进程标识,其中,N为正整数;或者,所述获取模块,用于获取预设的最大进程数,以及所述第一TTI与第一个第二TTI之间的TTI间隔P;所述确定模块,用于将所述第一进程标识与所述TTI间隔P之和,除以所述最大进程数,得到的余数,确定为所述第一个第二TTI的第二进程标识,其中,P为正整数;所述获取模块,用于获取第N个第二TTI的第二进程标识,以及第N+1个第二TTI与所述第N个第二TTI的TTI间隔Q,所述确定模块,用于将所述第N个第二TTI的第二进程标识与所述TTI间隔Q之和,除以所述最大进程数,得到的余数,确定为所述第N+1个第二TTI的第二进程标识,其中,N、Q为正整数。With reference to the fifth aspect, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the acquiring module is configured to obtain a preset maximum number of processes, and between the first TTI and the Nth second TTI a determining module, configured to divide the sum of the first process identifier and the TTI interval N by the maximum number of processes, and obtain a remainder that is determined to be the Nth second TTI a second process identifier, where N is a positive integer; or the acquiring module is configured to obtain a preset maximum number of processes, and a TTI interval P between the first TTI and the first second TTI; a determining module, configured to divide the sum of the first process identifier and the TTI interval P by the maximum number of processes, and obtain a remainder, which is determined as a second process identifier of the first second TTI, The P is a positive integer, and the acquiring module is configured to obtain a second process identifier of the Nth second TTI, and a TTI interval Q of the N+1th second TTI and the Nth second TTI, The determining module is configured to divide the second process identifier of the Nth second TTI and the TTI interval Q by a sum of The maximum number of processes is obtained, and the obtained remainder is determined as the second process identifier of the (N+1)th second TTI, where N and Q are positive integers.
结合第五方面的第一种可能实现方式,在该第五方面的第五种可能实现方式中,所述获取模块,用于:获取预设的所述一组TTI的时域范围信息;或者,所述接收模块,用于接收所述第一网络设备发送的所述第一TTI对应的控制信道,所述获取模块,用于获取所述第一TTI对应的控制信道中携带的所述一组TTI的时域范围信息;或者,所述获取模块,用于通过所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信道,获取所述一组TTI的时域范围信息。With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the acquiring module is configured to: obtain time domain range information of the preset one set of TTIs; or The receiving module is configured to receive the control channel corresponding to the first TTI that is sent by the first network device, where the acquiring module is configured to acquire the one that is carried in the control channel corresponding to the first TTI The time domain range information of the group of TTIs; or the acquiring module, configured to acquire time domain range information of the set of TTIs by using a common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs.
结合第五方面或第五方面的第一至五种可能实现方式,在该第五方面的第六种可能实现方式中,所述接收模块,还用于接收所述第一网络设备发送的所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信道,其中,所述第一TTI对应的控制信道中携带有所述第一TTI对应的控制信息,每个所述第二TTI对应的控制信道中分别携带有每个所述第二TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述第一TTI对应的控制信息的变化信息,所述变化信息包括:所述第二TTI的控制信息相对于所述第一TTI对应的控制信息的增量控制信息,或所述第二TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述第一TTI对应的控制信息更新的控制信息;所述确定模块,还用于根据所述第一TTI对应的控制信息和每个所述第二TTI对应的变化信息,分别确定每个所述第二TTI对应的控制信息;所述确定模块,还用于根据所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信息,对所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的数据信道,进行数据信道的解调和译码,确定所述每个TTI对应的数据信道的接收情况。With reference to the fifth aspect or the first to fifth possible implementation manners of the fifth aspect, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the receiving module is further configured to receive, by the first network device, a control channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of TTIs, where the control channel corresponding to the first TTI carries control information corresponding to the first TTI, and each control channel corresponding to the second TTI is respectively And carrying the change information of the control information corresponding to the second TTI with respect to the control information corresponding to the first TTI, where the change information includes: the control information of the second TTI is corresponding to the first TTI Incremental control information of the control information, or control information updated by the control information corresponding to the second TTI with respect to the control information corresponding to the first TTI; the determining module is further configured to correspond to the first TTI The control information and the change information corresponding to each of the second TTIs respectively determine control information corresponding to each of the second TTIs; the determining module is further configured to: according to each TTI of the set of TTIs Control letter , A set of the data channel for each TTI corresponding to TTI, to demodulate and decode the data channel, each TTI corresponding to the determined data channel reception situation.
结合第五方面或第五方面的第一至五种可能实现方式,在该第五方面的第七种可能实现方式中,所述接收模块,还用于接收所述第一网络设备发送的所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信道,以及一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信道,其中,所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信道中携带有所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息,所述每个TTI对应的控制信道中分别携带有所述每个TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的变化信息,所述变化信息包括:所述每个TTI的公共控制信息相对于所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的增量控制信息,或所述每个TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述一组TTI对应的公共控制
信息更新的控制信息;所述确定模块,还用于根据所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息和所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的变化信息,分别确定所述每个TTI对应的控制信息;所述确定模块,还用于根据所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信息,对所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的数据信道,进行数据信道的解调和译码,确定所述每个TTI对应的数据信道的接收情况。With reference to the fifth aspect or the first to fifth possible implementation manners of the fifth aspect, in the seventh possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the receiving module is further configured to receive, by the first network device, a common control channel corresponding to a set of TTIs, and a control channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, where the common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs carries the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs. The control information corresponding to each TTI carries the change information of the control information corresponding to each TTI with respect to the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs, where the change information includes: the common of each TTI Incremental control information of control information relative to common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs, or common control of control information corresponding to each TTI with respect to the set of TTIs
Control information of the information update; the determining module is further configured to determine, according to the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs and the change information corresponding to each TTI of the set of TTIs, respectively, the control corresponding to each TTI The determining module is further configured to: perform demodulation and decoding of a data channel on a data channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs according to control information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, Determining the reception status of the data channel corresponding to each TTI.
结合第五方面或第五方面的第一至五种可能实现方式,在该第五方面的第八种可能实现方式中,所述接收模块,还用于接收所述第一网络设备发送的所述一组TTI中每个TTI的参考信号,其中,所述第一TTI的参考信号占用的资源大小大于等于每个所述第二TTI的参考信号占用的资源大小;所述网络设备还包括:估计模块,用于对于所述第一TTI,根据所述第一TTI的参考信号对所述第一TTI进行信道估计;所述估计模块,用于对于所述第二TTI中的任一TTI,根据所述任一TTI的参考信号,以及所述一组TTI中在所述任一TTI之前的各TTI的参考信号中的全部或部分参考信号,对所述任一TTI进行信道估计;所述确定模块,还用于根据所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信息以及对应的信道估计结果,对所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的数据信道,进行数据信道的解调和译码,确定所述每个TTI对应的数据信道的接收情况。With reference to the fifth aspect or the first to fifth possible implementation manners of the fifth aspect, in the eighth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the receiving module is further configured to receive, by the first network device, a reference signal of each TTI in a set of TTIs, where the reference signal of the first TTI occupies a resource size greater than or equal to a resource size occupied by a reference signal of each of the second TTIs; the network device further includes: An estimation module, configured, for the first TTI, to perform channel estimation on the first TTI according to the reference signal of the first TTI; the estimating module, configured to use, for any TTI in the second TTI, Channel estimation of any one of the TTIs according to the reference signal of any one of the TTIs and all or part of the reference signals of the reference signals of the TTIs before the any one of the TTIs; a determining module, configured to perform demodulation and translation of a data channel for each data channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs according to control information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs and corresponding channel estimation results Code, determine the A receiving condition data channels corresponding to the TTI.
结合第五方面或第五方面的第一至八种可能实现方式,在该第五方面的第九种可能实现方式中,所述发送模块,用于在所述一组TTI中的最后一个TTI内或所述一组TTI之外的一个TTI内,通过控制信道,分别将所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的应答信息,发送给所述第一网络设备。With reference to the fifth aspect or the first to eighth possible implementation manners of the fifth aspect, in a ninth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the sending module is configured to use a last TTI in the set of TTIs The response information corresponding to each TTI of the set of TTIs is sent to the first network device by using a control channel, for example, in a TTI or a set of TTIs.
结合第五方面或第五方面的第一至九种可能实现方式,在该第五方面的第十种可能实现方式中,所述发送模块,还用于在所述第一TTI内或所述一组TTI之前的一个TTI内,通过控制信道,向所述第一网络设备发送所述一组TTI中每个TTI的数据信道对应的调度信息。With reference to the fifth aspect or the first to the nine possible implementation manners of the fifth aspect, in the tenth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the sending module is further configured to be in the first TTI or the The scheduling information corresponding to the data channel of each TTI in the set of TTIs is sent to the first network device by using a control channel in a TTI before a set of TTIs.
第六方面,提供了一种网络设备,所述网络设备包括:In a sixth aspect, a network device is provided, where the network device includes:
发送模块,用于向第二网络设备发送对应所述第二网络设备的一组TTI中每个TTI的数据信道;接收模块,用于接收所述第二网络设备根据所述数据信道的接收情况而反馈的所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的应答信息;处理模块,用于根据接收到的应答信息,进行混合自动重传请求HARQ处理。a sending module, configured to send, to the second network device, a data channel corresponding to each TTI of the set of TTIs of the second network device, and a receiving module, configured to receive, according to the data channel, the second network device The feedback information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs is fed back; the processing module is configured to perform hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ processing according to the received response information.
结合第六方面,在该第六方面的第一种可能实现方式中,所述一组TTI包括第一TTI以及至少一个第二TTI;所述第一TTI对应的控制信道中携带有所述第一TTI的传输块的进程标识,每个所述第二TTI对应的控制信道中不携带传输块的进程标识;或者,所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信道中携带有所述第一TTI的传输块的进程标识,所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信道中不携带传输块的进程标识。With reference to the sixth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the set of TTIs includes a first TTI and at least one second TTI, and the control channel corresponding to the first TTI carries the foregoing a process identifier of a transport block of the TTI, where the control channel corresponding to the second TTI does not carry a process identifier of the transport block; or the common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs carries the first TTI The process identifier of the transport block, where the control channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs does not carry the process identifier of the transport block.
结合第六方面,在该第六方面的第二种可能实现方式中,所述网络设备还包括:确定模块,用于确定所述一组TTI的时域范围信息;所述发送模块,还用于向所述第二网络设备发送所述一组TTI中每个TTI的控制信道,所述第一TTI对应的控制信道中携带有所述一组TTI的时域范围信息;或者,所述发送模块,还用于向所述第二网络设备发送所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信道,所述公共控制信道中携带有所述一组TTI的时域范围信息。
With reference to the sixth aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the network device further includes: a determining module, configured to determine time domain range information of the set of TTIs; Transmitting, to the second network device, a control channel of each TTI in the set of TTIs, where the control channel corresponding to the first TTI carries time domain range information of the set of TTIs; or, the sending The module is further configured to send, to the second network device, a common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs, where the common control channel carries time domain range information of the set of TTIs.
结合第六方面的第二种可能实现方式,在该第六方面的第三种可能实现方式中,所述一组TTI的时域范围信息是:所述一组TTI中TTI的数目,或所述一组TTI中第一个TTI与最后一个TTI的时间间隔,或所述一组TTI中第一TTI对应的控制信息的生效时间范围,或所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的生效时间范围。With reference to the second possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the time domain range information of the set of TTIs is: the number of TTIs in the set of TTIs, or The time interval between the first TTI and the last TTI in the set of TTIs, or the effective time range of the control information corresponding to the first TTI in the set of TTIs, or the effective time of the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs range.
结合第六方面或第六方面的第一至三种可能实现方式,在该第六方面的第四种可能实现方式中,所述一组TTI包括第一TTI以及至少一个第二TTI,所述确定模块,还用于分别确定每个所述第二TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述第一TTI对应的控制信息的变化信息,其中,所述变化信息包括:所述第二TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述第一TTI对应的控制信息的增量控制信息,或所述第二TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述第一TTI对应的控制信息更新的控制信息;With reference to the sixth aspect or the first to third possible implementation manners of the sixth aspect, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the set of TTIs includes a first TTI and at least one second TTI, a determining module, configured to determine, respectively, change information of control information corresponding to each of the second TTIs, and control information corresponding to the first TTI, where the change information includes: control corresponding to the second TTI The incremental control information of the information relative to the control information corresponding to the first TTI, or the control information updated by the control information corresponding to the second TTI with respect to the control information corresponding to the first TTI;
所述发送模块,还用于向所述第二网络设备发送所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信道,所述第一TTI对应的控制信道中携带有所述第一TTI对应的控制信息,每个所述第二TTI对应的控制信道中分别携带有每个所述第二TTI对应的变化信息。The sending module is further configured to send, to the second network device, a control channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, where the control channel corresponding to the first TTI carries the control corresponding to the first TTI And information, each of the control channels corresponding to the second TTI carries change information corresponding to each of the second TTIs.
结合第六方面或第六方面的第一至三种可能实现方式,在该第六方面的第五种可能实现方式中,所述确定模块,还用于确定所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的变化信息,所述变化信息包括:所述每个TTI的公共控制信息相对于所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的增量控制信息,或所述每个TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息更新的控制信息;所述发送模块,还用于向所述第二网络设备发送所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信道,以及一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信道,所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信道中携带有所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息,所述每个TTI对应的控制信道中分别携带有所述每个TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的变化信息。With reference to the sixth aspect or the first to third possible implementation manners of the sixth aspect, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the determining module is further configured to determine each TTI in the set of TTIs Corresponding control information, with respect to the change information of the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs, the change information includes: an increment of the common control information of each TTI relative to the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs Control information, or control information that is updated by the control information corresponding to each TTI with respect to the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs; the sending module is further configured to send the group to the second network device a common control channel corresponding to the TTI, and a control channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, where the common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs carries common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs, where each TTI corresponds to The control channel carries the change information of the control information corresponding to each TTI with respect to the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs.
结合第六方面或第六方面的第一至三种可能实现方式,在该第六方面的第六种可能实现方式中,所述一组TTI包括第一TTI以及至少一个第二TTI,所述发送模块,还用于:向所述第二网络设备发送所述一组TTI中每个TTI的参考信号,其中,所述第一TTI的参考信号占用的资源大小大于等于每个所述第二TTI的参考信号占用的资源大小。With reference to the sixth aspect or the first to third possible implementation manners of the sixth aspect, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the set of TTIs includes a first TTI and at least one second TTI, The sending module is further configured to: send, to the second network device, a reference signal of each TTI in the set of TTIs, where a reference signal of the first TTI occupies a resource size greater than or equal to each of the second The resource size occupied by the TTI reference signal.
第七方面,提供了一种数据传输的系统,所述系统包括第一网络设备和第二网络设备,其中:In a seventh aspect, a system for data transmission is provided, the system comprising a first network device and a second network device, wherein:
所述第一网络设备,用于向所述第二网络设备发送对应所述第二网络设备的一组TTI中每个TTI的数据信道;接收所述第二网络设备根据所述数据信道的接收情况而反馈的所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的应答信息;根据接收到的应答信息,进行混合自动重传请求HARQ处理;所述第二网络设备,用于接收所述第一网络设备发送的,与一组传输时间间隔TTI中的各个TTI分别对应的,数据信道,其中,所述一组TTI包括第一TTI以及至少一个第二TTI;获取与所述第一TTI中的传输块对应的第一进程标识,并根据所述第一进程标识,确定所述至少一个第二TTI各自的第二进程标识;根据对所述一组TTI分别对应的数据信道的接收情况,生成与所述一组TTI分别对应的应答信息;分别将所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的应答信息发送给所述第一网络设备。The first network device is configured to send, to the second network device, a data channel corresponding to each TTI of a set of TTIs of the second network device; and receive, according to the data channel, the second network device The response information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs fed back; the hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ process is performed according to the received response information; the second network device is configured to receive the first network device And a data channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of transmission time interval TTIs, wherein the set of TTIs includes a first TTI and at least one second TTI; and obtaining a transport block in the first TTI And corresponding to the first process identifier, and determining, according to the first process identifier, a second process identifier of each of the at least one second TTI; and generating, according to the receiving situation of the data channel corresponding to the group of TTIs respectively The response information corresponding to each group of TTIs is respectively sent to the first network device, and the response information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs is sent to the first network device.
本发明实施例提供的技术方案带来的有益效果是:
The beneficial effects brought by the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present invention are:
本发明实施例中,第二网络设备接收第一网络设备发送的,与一组传输时间间隔TTI中的各个TTI分别对应的,数据信道,其中,一组TTI包括第一TTI以及至少一个第二TTI,获取与第一TTI中的传输块对应的第一进程标识,并根据第一进程标识,确定至少一个第二TTI各自的第二进程标识,根据对一组TTI分别对应的数据信道的接收情况,生成与一组TTI分别对应的应答信息,分别将一组TTI中每个TTI对应的应答信息发送给第一网络设备。这样,第一网络设备向第二网络设备传输一组TTI的数据时,不需要携带每个TTI的传输块的进程标识,从而会节约大量的传输资源。In the embodiment of the present invention, the second network device receives, by the first network device, a data channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of transmission time intervals TTI, where the set of TTIs includes the first TTI and the at least one second Determining, by the TTI, a first process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI, and determining, according to the first process identifier, a second process identifier of each of the at least one second TTI, according to receiving the data channel corresponding to the group of TTIs respectively In the case, the response information corresponding to each group of TTIs is generated, and the response information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs is sent to the first network device. In this way, when the first network device transmits a set of TTI data to the second network device, it does not need to carry the process identifier of the transport block of each TTI, thereby saving a large amount of transmission resources.
应当理解的是,以上的一般描述和后文的细节描述仅是示例性和解释性的,并不能限制本公开。The above general description and the following detailed description are intended to be illustrative and not restrictive.
图1(a)是本发明实施例提供的一种系统框架示意图;1(a) is a schematic diagram of a system framework provided by an embodiment of the present invention;
图1(b)是本发明实施例提供的一种系统框架示意图;1(b) is a schematic diagram of a system framework provided by an embodiment of the present invention;
图2是本发明实施例提供的一种第二网络设备的结构示意图;2 is a schematic structural diagram of a second network device according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图3是本发明实施例提供的一种第一网络设备的结构示意图;3 is a schematic structural diagram of a first network device according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图4是本发明实施例提供的一种数据传输的方法的流程图;4 is a flowchart of a method for data transmission according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图5是本发明实施例提供的一种FDD下行传输示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of downlink transmission of an FDD according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图6是本发明实施例提供的一种TDD下行传输示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of downlink transmission of TDD according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图7(a)是本发明实施例提供的TDD下行反馈混合自动重传请求应答信息的示意图;FIG. 7(a) is a schematic diagram of TDD downlink feedback hybrid automatic repeat request response information provided by an embodiment of the present invention;
图7(b)是本发明实施例提供的TDD上行反馈混合自动重传请求应答信息的示意图;FIG. 7(b) is a schematic diagram of TDD uplink feedback hybrid automatic repeat request response information provided by an embodiment of the present invention;
图8(a)是本发明实施例提供的TDD下行反馈混合自动重传请求应答信息的示意图;FIG. 8(a) is a schematic diagram of TDD downlink feedback hybrid automatic repeat request response information provided by an embodiment of the present invention;
图8(b)是本发明实施例提供的TDD上行反馈混合自动重传请求应答信息的示意图;FIG. 8(b) is a schematic diagram of TDD uplink feedback hybrid automatic repeat request response information provided by an embodiment of the present invention;
图9是本发明实施例提供的一种传输控制信息的流程图;FIG. 9 is a flowchart of transmission control information according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图10是本发明实施例提供的一种传输控制信息的流程图;FIG. 10 is a flowchart of transmission control information according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图11是本发明实施例提供的一种FDD下行传输公共控制信息示意图;11 is a schematic diagram of public control information of FDD downlink transmission according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图12是本发明实施例提供的一种TDD下行传输公共控制信息示意图;FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of TDD downlink transmission common control information according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图13是本发明实施例提供的传输参考信号的流程图;FIG. 13 is a flowchart of a transmission reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图14是本发明实施例提供的传输参考信号的流程图;14 is a flowchart of a transmission reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图15是本发明实施例提供的TDD上行发送调度信息示意图;FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of TDD uplink transmission scheduling information according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图16是本发明实施例提供的第二网络设备的结构示意图;FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a second network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图17是本发明实施例提供的第二网络设备的结构示意图;FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a second network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图18是本发明实施例提供的第二网络设备的结构示意图;FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a second network device according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图19是本发明实施例提供的第一网络设备的结构示意图FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of a first network device according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图20是本发明实施例提供的第一网络设备的结构示意图。FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram of a first network device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
为使本申请的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚,下面将结合附图对本发明实施方式作进一步地详细描述。The embodiments of the present invention will be further described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
本发明实施例提供了一种数据传输的方法,该方法可以由第一网络设备和第二网络设
备共同实现。其中,第一网络设备与第二网络设备可以是终端,也可以是基站,第一网络设备是基站时,第二网络设备可以是终端,第一网络设备是终端时,第二网络设备可以是基站。终端也可称之为用户设备(User Equipment,UE)、移动台(Mobile Station,MS)、移动终端(Mobile Terminal)等,例如,终端可以是移动电话、具有移动终端的计算机等,例如,终端还可以是便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的或者车载的移动装置,它们与无线接入网交换语言和/或数据。基站可以是GSM或CDMA中的基站(Base Transceiver Station,BTS),也可以是WCDMA中的基站(NodeB,NB),还可以是LTE中的演进型基站(Evolutional Node B,eNB或e-NodeB)。第一网络设备可以向第二网络设备发送一组TTI中每个TTI的数据信道,第二网络设备可以接收第一网络设备发送的,与一组传输时间间隔TTI中的各个TTI分别对应的数据信道,其中,一组TTI包括第一TTI以及至少一个第二TTI;第二网络设备可以获取与第一TTI中的传输块对应的第一进程标识,并根据第一进程标识,确定至少一个第二TTI各自的第二进程标识,然后根据对一组TTI分别对应的数据信道的接收情况,生成与一组TTI分别对应的应答信息,第一网络设备接收第二网络设备根据数据信道的接收情况而反馈的一组TTI中每个TTI对应的应答信息,并根据接收到的应答信息,进行混合自动重传请求HARQ处理。如图1(a)、1(b)所示,图1(a)表示下行传输,也就是基站向终端传输数据信息,图1(b)表示,上行传输,也就是终端向基站传输数据信息。An embodiment of the present invention provides a data transmission method, which may be configured by a first network device and a second network.
Prepare for common implementation. The first network device and the second network device may be a terminal or a base station. When the first network device is a base station, the second network device may be a terminal, and when the first network device is a terminal, the second network device may be Base station. The terminal may also be referred to as a User Equipment (UE), a Mobile Station (MS), a Mobile Terminal (Mobile Terminal), etc., for example, the terminal may be a mobile phone, a computer having a mobile terminal, etc., for example, a terminal. It can also be a portable, pocket, handheld, computer built-in or in-vehicle mobile device that exchanges language and/or data with the wireless access network. The base station may be a Base Transceiver Station (BTS) in GSM or CDMA, or may be a base station (NodeB, NB) in WCDMA, or may be an evolved Node B (eNB or e-NodeB) in LTE. . The first network device may send a data channel of each TTI in a set of TTIs to the second network device, where the second network device may receive data corresponding to each TTI in the set of transmission time intervals TTI sent by the first network device. a channel, wherein the set of TTIs includes the first TTI and the at least one second TTI; the second network device may acquire the first process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI, and determine at least one according to the first process identifier The second process identifier of each of the two TTIs, and then generates response information corresponding to a group of TTIs respectively according to the reception status of the data channels corresponding to the group of TTIs, and the first network device receives the reception status of the second network device according to the data channel. And the feedback information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs is fed back, and the hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ process is performed according to the received response information. As shown in Fig. 1(a) and 1(b), Fig. 1(a) shows downlink transmission, that is, the base station transmits data information to the terminal, and Fig. 1(b) shows uplink transmission, that is, the terminal transmits data information to the base station. .
第二网络设备可以包括接收器210、处理器220、发射器230,接收器210、发射器230可以分别与处理器220连接,如图2所示。接收器210可以用于接收消息或数据,接收器210可以包括但不限于天线、至少一个放大器、调谐器、一个或多个振荡器、耦合器、低噪声放大器(Low Noise Amplifier,LNA)、双工器等。处理器220可以是第二网络设备的控制中心,利用各种接口和线路连接整个第二网络设备的各个部分,如接收器210和发射器230等。在本发明实施例中,处理器220可以用于确定一组TTI中传输块的进程标识的相关处理,可选的,处理器220可以包括一个或多个处理单元;可选的,处理器220可集成应用处理器和调制解调处理器,其中,应用处理器主要处理操作系统,调制解调处理器主要处理无线通信,处理器220还可以是数字信号处理器、专用集成电路、现场可编程门阵列或者其他可编程逻辑器件等。The second network device may include a receiver 210, a processor 220, a transmitter 230, and the receiver 210 and the transmitter 230 may be respectively connected to the processor 220, as shown in FIG. Receiver 210 can be used to receive messages or data. Receiver 210 can include, but is not limited to, an antenna, at least one amplifier, a tuner, one or more oscillators, a coupler, a Low Noise Amplifier (LNA), a dual Tools, etc. The processor 220 can be a control center of the second network device that connects various portions of the entire second network device, such as the receiver 210 and the transmitter 230, using various interfaces and lines. In the embodiment of the present invention, the processor 220 may be configured to determine a process for processing a process identifier of a transport block in a set of TTIs. Optionally, the processor 220 may include one or more processing units; optionally, the processor 220 The application processor and the modem processor can be integrated, wherein the application processor mainly processes the operating system, the modem processor mainly processes the wireless communication, and the processor 220 can also be a digital signal processor, an application specific integrated circuit, and a field programmable Gate arrays or other programmable logic devices.
第一网络设备可以包括处理器310、发射器320、接收器330,发射器320、接收器330可以分别与处理器310连接,如图3所示。接收器330可以用于接收消息或数据,接收器330可以包括但不限于天线、至少一个放大器、调谐器、一个或多个振荡器、耦合器、LNA、双工器等。在本发明实施例中,处理器310可以用于为终端调度一组TTI的相关处理,或者确定对应第二网络设备的一组TTI,处理器310可以包括一个或多个处理单元;处理器310可以是通用处理器,包括中央处理器(Central Processing Unit,CPU)、网络处理器(Network Processor,NP)等;还可以是数字信号处理器(Digital Signal Processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件等。具体地,程序可以包括程序代码,程序代码包括计算机操作指令。The first network device may include a processor 310, a transmitter 320, a receiver 330, and the transmitter 320 and the receiver 330 may be respectively connected to the processor 310, as shown in FIG. Receiver 330 can be used to receive messages or data, and receiver 330 can include, but is not limited to, an antenna, at least one amplifier, a tuner, one or more oscillators, a coupler, an LNA, a duplexer, and the like. In the embodiment of the present invention, the processor 310 may be configured to schedule a TTI related process for the terminal, or determine a set of TTIs corresponding to the second network device, and the processor 310 may include one or more processing units; the processor 310 It can be a general-purpose processor, including a central processing unit (CPU), a network processor (NP), etc.; or a digital signal processor (DSP) or an application specific integrated circuit (Application Specific) Integrated Circuit (ASIC), Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices. In particular, the program can include program code, the program code including computer operating instructions.
本发明实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(Frequency Division Duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分
双工(Time Division Duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(Universal Mobile Telecommunication System,UMTS),及其他应用正交频分(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing,OFDM)技术的无线通信系统等。The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention can be applied to various communication systems, such as a Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, an LTE Frequency Division Duplex (FDD) system, and an LTE time division.
Time Division Duplex (TDD), Universal Mobile Telecommunication System (UMTS), and other wireless communication systems using Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) technology.
为了便于对本发明实施例的理解,下面首先介绍本发明实施例涉及的基本概念。以LTE系统为例进行介绍,但这并不意味着本发明实施例仅适用于LTE系统,实际上,任何通过调度进行数据传输的无线通信系统都可以采用本发明实施例提供的方案。In order to facilitate the understanding of the embodiments of the present invention, the basic concepts involved in the embodiments of the present invention are first described below. The LTE system is taken as an example, but the embodiment of the present invention is not applicable to the LTE system. In fact, any wireless communication system that performs data transmission by scheduling may adopt the solution provided by the embodiment of the present invention.
一、数据信道First, the data channel
数据信道可以用于承载数据信息,该数据信道可以是上行数据信道或下行数据信道。The data channel can be used to carry data information, which can be an uplink data channel or a downlink data channel.
二、控制信道Second, the control channel
控制信道(Control Channel,CCH)可以用于承载控制信息,控制信道可以是广播信道(Broadcast Control Channel,BCCH)、公共控制信道(Common Control Channel,CCCH)和专用控制信道(Dedicated Control Channel,DCCH),在本发明实施例中控制信道为专用控制信道。The Control Channel (CCH) can be used to carry control information. The control channel can be a Broadcast Control Channel (BCCH), a Common Control Channel (CCCH), and a Dedicated Control Channel (DCCH). In the embodiment of the present invention, the control channel is a dedicated control channel.
三、参考信号Third, the reference signal
参考信号(Reference Signal,RS)用于物理层,不承载数据信息,例如用于上行的解调参考信号(Demodulation Reference Signal,DMRS),探测参考信号(Sounding reference signal,SRS),用于下行的小区特定参考信号(Cell-specific Reference Signal,CRS),用于下行的终端特定参考信号(UE-specific Reference Signal,URS)或用于下行的组特定参考信号(Group-specific Reference Signal,GRS)。Reference Signal (RS) is used in the physical layer and does not carry data information, such as Demodulation Reference Signal (DMRS) for uplink, and Sounding Reference Signal (SRS) for downlink. A Cell-specific Reference Signal (CRS) is used for a downlink UE-specific Reference Signal (URS) or a Group-specific Reference Signal (GRS) for downlink.
如图4所示,本发明实施例以第一网络设备是基站,第二网络设备是终端为例进行详细说明,该方法的处理流程可以包括如下的步骤:As shown in FIG. 4, the embodiment of the present invention is described in detail by taking a first network device as a base station and a second network device as a terminal. The processing procedure of the method may include the following steps:
步骤401中,第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送对应第二网络设备的一组TTI中每个TTI的数据信道。In step 401, the first network device sends, to the second network device, a data channel corresponding to each TTI of the set of TTIs of the second network device.
在实施中,第一网络设备调度一组TTI向第二网络设备传输数据时,第一网络设备可以确定为第二网络设备调度的一组TTI,一组TTI中可以包含多个TTI,此多个TTI可以时域上连续,也可以时域上不连续,此多个TTI是相互关联的,如每个TTI对应的控制信息有相同的部分,第一网络设备可以向第二网络设备发送确定的一组TTI中每个TTI的数据信道,每个TTI的数据信道中携带对应的数据,另外,第一网络设备可以在每组TTI的第一TTI对应的控制信息中,携带指示该TTI为第一TTI的标识。In an implementation, when the first network device schedules a group of TTIs to transmit data to the second network device, the first network device may determine a set of TTIs scheduled by the second network device, and the set of TTIs may include multiple TTIs. The TTIs may be consecutive in the time domain or may be discontinuous in the time domain. The multiple TTIs are associated with each other. For example, if the control information corresponding to each TTI has the same part, the first network device may send the determination to the second network device. a data channel of each TTI in a set of TTIs, where the data channel of each TTI carries corresponding data, and the first network device may carry the indication that the TTI is in the control information corresponding to the first TTI of each group of TTIs. The identifier of the first TTI.
步骤402中,第二网络设备接收第一网络设备发送的,与一组传输时间间隔TTI中的各个TTI分别对应的,数据信道,其中,一组TTI包括第一TTI以及至少一个第二TTI。In step 402, the second network device receives, by the first network device, a data channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of transmission time intervals TTI, where the set of TTIs includes the first TTI and the at least one second TTI.
其中,一组TTI中包括第一TTI,以及至少一个第二TTI,第一TTI为一组TTI中第一个TTI,第二TTI为一组TTI中除第一TTI之外的其它TTI。The first TTI is the first TTI, and the first TTI is the first TTI in the set of TTIs, and the second TTI is the other TTIs except the first TTI in the set of TTIs.
在实施中,第二网络设备可以查看每个TTI对应的网络设备的标识,如果某个TTI中的网络设备的标识是第二网络设备的标识,则接收该TTI的数据信道,如果某个TTI中的网络设备的标识不是第二网络设备的标识,则不接收该TTI的数据信道。这样,第二网络设备可以接收一组TTI中各个TTI分别对应的数据信道,该数据信道中携带着第一网络设备向第二网络设备传输的数据。
In an implementation, the second network device may view the identifier of the network device corresponding to each TTI, and if the identifier of the network device in the TTI is the identifier of the second network device, receive the data channel of the TTI, if a TTI The identifier of the network device in the network is not the identifier of the second network device, and the data channel of the TTI is not received. In this way, the second network device can receive a data channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of TTIs, where the data channel carries data transmitted by the first network device to the second network device.
可选的,第二网络设备可以根据一组TTI对应的时域范围,确定一组TTI中各个TTI,相应的步骤402的处理可以如下:Optionally, the second network device may determine each TTI in a set of TTIs according to a time domain range corresponding to the set of TTIs, and the corresponding step 402 may be processed as follows:
第二网络设备获取一组TTI的时域范围信息,并根据时域范围信息,确定一组TTI中所包括的第一TTI以及至少一个第二TTI;The second network device acquires the time domain range information of the set of TTIs, and determines the first TTI and the at least one second TTI included in the set of TTIs according to the time domain range information;
分别接收第一TTI以及至少一个第二TTI各自对应的数据信道。Receiving respective data channels corresponding to the first TTI and the at least one second TTI, respectively.
其中,时域范围信息是用于直接或间接反映一组TTI在时域中的范围的信息,时域范围信息可以为一组TTI中TTI的数目,也就是一组TTI中包含多少个TTI,或一组TTI中第一个TTI与最后一个TTI的时间间隔,也就是一组TTI中接收第一个TTI与接收最后一个TTI的时间间隔,或一组TTI中第一TTI对应的控制信息的生效时间范围,或一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的生效时间范围,具体解释在后面进行详细描述。The time domain range information is used to directly or indirectly reflect the range of the TTI in the time domain. The time domain range information may be the number of TTIs in a group of TTIs, that is, how many TTIs are included in a group of TTIs. Or the time interval between the first TTI and the last TTI in a set of TTIs, that is, the time interval between receiving the first TTI and receiving the last TTI in a set of TTIs, or the control information corresponding to the first TTI in a set of TTIs The effective time range or the effective time range of the common control information corresponding to a set of TTIs. The detailed explanation is described in detail later.
在实施中,第二网络设备可以获取一组TTI的时域范围信息(获取时域范围信息的方法在后面详细描述),然后根据一组TTI的时域范围信息,确定一组TTI中的各个第二TTI。第二网络设备可以分别接收第一网络设备发送的第一TTI,以及各个第二TTI。In an implementation, the second network device may acquire time domain range information of a set of TTIs (method of acquiring time domain range information is described in detail later), and then determine each of a set of TTIs according to time domain range information of a set of TTIs. Second TTI. The second network device may respectively receive the first TTI sent by the first network device, and each second TTI.
可选的,获取时域范围信息的方法有多种方式,以下给出几种可行的方式:Optionally, there are several ways to obtain time domain range information. Several possible ways are given below:
方式一,第二网络设备获取预设的一组TTI的时域范围信息。In a first manner, the second network device acquires time domain range information of a preset set of TTIs.
在实施中,技术人员可以预设第一网络设备为第二网络设备调度的一组TTI的时域范围信息,并且存储至第一网络设备和第二网络设备中,第二网络设备接收到对应自身的一组TTI中第一TTI的数据信道后,第二网络设备可以获取预设的每组TTI的时域范围信息。In an implementation, the technician may preset the time domain range information of the set of TTIs that the first network device schedules for the second network device, and store the information into the first network device and the second network device, where the second network device receives the corresponding After the data channel of the first TTI in a set of TTIs, the second network device may obtain preset time domain range information of each group of TTIs.
方式二,第二网络设备接收第一网络设备发送的第一TTI对应的控制信道,获取第一TTI对应的控制信道中携带的一组TTI的时域范围信息。In the second mode, the second network device receives the control channel corresponding to the first TTI that is sent by the first network device, and acquires time domain range information of a group of TTIs carried in the control channel corresponding to the first TTI.
在实施中,第一网络设备每次为第二网络设备调度一组TTI时,第一网络设备可以在一组TTI中第一TTI对应的控制信道中携带时域范围信息。第二网络设备接收到一组TTI中第一TTI对应的控制信道后,可以获取第一TTI对应的控制信道中携带的时域范围信息,并将其作为这一组TTI的时域范围信息。In an implementation, when the first network device schedules a set of TTIs for the second network device, the first network device may carry the time domain range information in the control channel corresponding to the first TTI in the set of TTIs. After receiving the control channel corresponding to the first TTI in the TTI, the second network device may obtain the time domain range information carried in the control channel corresponding to the first TTI, and use the time domain range information of the set of TTIs.
方式三,第二网络设备通过一组TTI对应的公共控制信道,获取一组TTI的时域范围信息。In the third mode, the second network device obtains time domain range information of a set of TTIs through a common control channel corresponding to the TTI.
在实施中,第一网络设备每次为第二网络设备调度一组TTI时,第一网络设备可以在一组TTI对应的公共控制信道中携带一组TTI的时域范围信息。第二网络设备接收到一组TTI对应的公共控制信道后,可以获取一组TTI对应的公共控制信道中携带的时域范围信息,并将其作为这一组TTI的时域范围信息。In an implementation, each time the first network device schedules a set of TTIs for the second network device, the first network device may carry time domain range information of a set of TTIs in a common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs. After receiving the common control channel corresponding to the TTI, the second network device may obtain the time domain range information carried in the common control channel corresponding to the TTI and use it as the time domain range information of the TTI.
另外,对于上述方式二、方式三的两种情况,第一网络设备也可以只在为第二网络设备调度的第一组TTI中第一TTI对应的控制信道中携带每组TTI的时域范围信息,当第二网络设备获取到第一组TTI中第一TTI对应的控制信道携带的时域范围信息,可以将该时域范围信息作为第一网络设备为该第二网络设备调度的每组TTI的时域范围信息,第一网络设备在接下来为第二网络设备调度的每组TTI中第一TTI对应的控制信道中不再携带一组TTI的时域范围信息。或者,第一网络设备也可以只在为第二网络设备调度的第一组TTI对应的公共控制信道中携带每组TTI的时域范围信息,当第二网络设备接获取到第一组TTI对应的公共控制信道携带的时域范围信息,可以将该时域范围信息作为第一网络设备为该第二网络设备调度的每组TTI的时域范围信息,第一网络设备在接下来为第二网络设备调
度的每组TTI对应的公共控制信道中不再携带一组TTI的时域范围信息。In addition, for the two cases of the foregoing mode 2 and mode 3, the first network device may also carry the time domain range of each group of TTIs only in the control channel corresponding to the first TTI in the first group of TTIs scheduled for the second network device. The information, when the second network device obtains the time domain range information carried by the control channel corresponding to the first TTI in the first group of TTIs, the time domain range information may be used as each group scheduled by the first network device for the second network device. The time domain range information of the TTI, the first network device does not carry the time domain range information of a set of TTIs in the control channel corresponding to the first TTI in each group of TTIs scheduled for the second network device. Alternatively, the first network device may also carry the time domain range information of each group of TTIs only in the common control channel corresponding to the first group of TTIs scheduled for the second network device, and when the second network device receives the first group of TTIs, Time domain range information carried by the common control channel, the time domain range information may be used as time domain range information of each group of TTIs scheduled by the first network device for the second network device, and the first network device is next Network equipment
The time domain range information of a set of TTIs is no longer carried in the common control channel corresponding to each group of TTIs.
可选的,根据一组TTI的时域范围信息确定一组TTI中第一TTI以及至少一个第二TTI,可以包括以下情况中的任意一种:Optionally, the first TTI and the at least one second TTI in the set of TTIs are determined according to the time domain range information of the set of TTIs, and may include any one of the following conditions:
在时域范围信息指示一组TTI中包括的TTI的数目为N的情况下,则确定一组TTI中所包括的TTI为第一TTI以及第一TTI之后的连续的N-1个第二TTI;When the time domain range information indicates that the number of TTIs included in a group of TTIs is N, determining that the TTIs included in one set of TTIs are the first TTI and the consecutive N-1 second TTIs after the first TTI ;
在时域范围信息指示了一组TTI中第一个TTI与最后一个TTI的时间间隔的情况下,则确定一组TTI中所包括的TTI为第一TTI以及在第一TTI之后且处于时间间隔内的所有第二TTI;In the case that the time domain range information indicates the time interval between the first TTI and the last TTI in a set of TTIs, it is determined that the TTI included in the set of TTIs is the first TTI and after the first TTI and at the time interval All second TTIs within;
在时域范围信息指示第一TTI对应的控制信息的生效时间范围的情况下,则根据第一TTI对应的控制信息的生效时间范围,确定一组TTI中所包括的TTI为第一TTI以及在第一TTI之后且处于控制信息的生效时间范围内的所有第二TTI;When the time domain range information indicates the effective time range of the control information corresponding to the first TTI, determining, according to the effective time range of the control information corresponding to the first TTI, determining that the TTI included in the set of TTIs is the first TTI and All second TTIs after the first TTI and within the effective time range of the control information;
在时域范围信息指示一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的生效时间范围的情况下,则根据一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的生效时间范围,确定一组TTI中所包括的TTI为第一TTI以及在第一TTI之后且处于公共控制信息的生效时间范围内的所有第二TTI。When the time domain range information indicates the effective time range of the common control information corresponding to the TTI, the TTI included in the TTI is determined to be the first TTI according to the effective time range of the common control information corresponding to the TTI. And all second TTIs after the first TTI and within the effective time range of the common control information.
在实施中,时域范围信息可以是一组TTI中TTI的数目,第二网络设备可以获取一组TTI的数目N,第二网络设备在确定一组TTI中第一TTI之后,又接收到N-1个TTI,此N-1个TTI为这一组TTI中除第一TTI之外的所有第二TTI。In an implementation, the time domain range information may be the number of TTIs in a set of TTIs, the second network device may obtain the number N of a set of TTIs, and the second network device receives the Nth after determining the first TTI in the set of TTIs. - 1 TTI, which is the second TTI of the set of TTIs except the first TTI.
或者,时域范围信息可以是一组TTI中第一个TTI与最后一个TTI的时间间隔,第二网络设备可以获取第一个TTI中第一个TTI与最后一个TTI的时间间隔,在该时间间隔对应的时间范围内,除第一TTI,第二网络设备接收到对应自身调度的TTI,即为一组TTI中除第一TTI之外的所有第二TTI。Alternatively, the time domain range information may be a time interval between the first TTI and the last TTI in the set of TTIs, and the second network device may obtain a time interval between the first TTI and the last TTI in the first TTI, at the time. In the time range corresponding to the interval, in addition to the first TTI, the second network device receives the TTI corresponding to the self-scheduling, that is, all the second TTIs except the first TTI in the group of TTIs.
或者,时域范围信息可以是第一TTI对应的控制信息的生效时间范围,第二网络设备可以获取第一TTI对应的控制信息的生效时间范围,在该生效时间范围内,除第一TTI,第二网络设备接收到第一网络设备为其调度的TTI,即为一组TTI中除第一TTI之外的所有第二TTI。例如,第一TTI对应的控制信息生效时间范围为10分钟,则第二网络设备从接收到第一TTI的数据信道开始计时,10分钟内接收到的TTI为一组TTI中除第一TTI之外的所有第二TTI。Alternatively, the time domain range information may be an effective time range of the control information corresponding to the first TTI, and the second network device may obtain an effective time range of the control information corresponding to the first TTI, where the first TTI is included in the effective time range. The second network device receives the TTI scheduled by the first network device, that is, all the second TTIs except a first TTI in a group of TTIs. For example, if the control information effective time range of the first TTI is 10 minutes, the second network device starts timing from the data channel that receives the first TTI, and the TTI received within 10 minutes is the first TTI of the group of TTIs. All second TTIs outside.
或者,时域范围信息可以是一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的生效时间范围,第二网络设备可以获取一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的生效时间范围,在该生效时间范围内,除第一TTI,第二网络设备接收到对应自身的TTI,即为一组TTI中除第一TTI之外的所有TTI。例如,一组TTI对应的控制信息生效时间范围为10分钟,则第二网络设备从接收到第一TTI的数据信道开始计时,10分钟内接收到的TTI为一组TTI中的所有TTI,既包括第一TTI,也包括至少一个第二TTI。Alternatively, the time domain range information may be a valid time range of the common control information corresponding to the TTI, and the second network device may obtain the effective time range of the common control information corresponding to the TTI, in the effective time range, except the first The TTI, the second network device receives the TTI corresponding to itself, that is, all TTIs except a first TTI in a group of TTIs. For example, if the control information effective time range of a group of TTIs is 10 minutes, the second network device starts counting from the data channel that receives the first TTI, and the TTI received within 10 minutes is all TTIs in a group of TTIs. The first TTI is included, and at least one second TTI is also included.
步骤403中,第二网络设备获取与第一TTI中的传输块对应的第一进程标识,并根据第一进程标识,确定至少一个第二TTI各自的第二进程标识。In step 403, the second network device acquires a first process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI, and determines a second process identifier of each of the at least one second TTI according to the first process identifier.
其中,第一进程标识是一组TTI中第一TTI中的传输块对应的进程标识。The first process identifier is a process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI in the set of TTIs.
在实施中,第二网络设备在接收到的某个TTI的控制信息中,解析出指示该TTI为第一TTI的标识,则确定该TTI为第一TTI,然后第二网络设备可以获取第一TTI中的传输块对应的第一进程标识,在后续接收到各第二TTI时,可以确定第二TTI各自的第二进程
标识,确定第一进程标识与第二进程标识的过程在后面详细描述。In an implementation, the second network device, in the control information of the received TTI, parses the identifier indicating that the TTI is the first TTI, determines that the TTI is the first TTI, and then the second network device can obtain the first The first process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the TTI, and when the second TTI is subsequently received, the second process of the second TTI may be determined.
The process of determining the first process identifier and the second process identifier is described in detail later.
可选的,第二网络设备获取与第一TTI中的传输块对应的第一进程标识的方式有多种,如下给出了三种可选的方式:Optionally, there are multiple manners for the second network device to obtain the first process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI, and three optional manners are given as follows:
方式一,第二网络设备获取预设的与第一TTI中的传输块对应的第一进程标识。In a first manner, the second network device acquires a preset first process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI.
在实施中,技术人员可以在第一网络设备和第二网络设备中预设每组TTI中第一TTI中的传输块对应的第一进程标识,并且存储至第一网络设备和第二网络设备中,例如,可以预设每组TTI中第一TTI中的传输块对应的第一进程标识为0,并且存储至第一网络设备和第二网络设备中,当第二网络设备或第二网络设备接收到一组TTI中第一TTI的数据信道时,可以确定第一TTI中的传输块对应的第一进程标识为0。In an implementation, the technician may preset, in the first network device and the second network device, a first process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI in each group of TTIs, and store the first process identifiers on the first network device and the second network device. For example, the first process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI in each group of TTIs may be preset to be 0, and stored in the first network device and the second network device, when the second network device or the second network When the device receives the data channel of the first TTI in the TTI, the device may determine that the first process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI is 0.
方式二,第二网络设备接收第一网络设备发送的第一TTI对应的控制信道,获取控制信道中携带的第一进程标识,第一进程标识是一组TTI中第一TTI中的传输块对应的进程标识。In the second mode, the second network device receives the control channel corresponding to the first TTI sent by the first network device, and obtains the first process identifier carried in the control channel, where the first process identifier is a transport block corresponding to the first TTI in the set of TTIs. Process ID.
在实施中,第一网络设备调度一组TTI向第二网络设备传输数据时,一组TTI中每个TTI都对应控制信道,控制信道中可以携带控制信息,控制信息中可以包含资源分配信息和调制编码方式等,还可以在每组TTI中第一TTI对应的控制信道中,携带第一TTI中的传输块对应的第一进程标识。第二网络设备可以接收第一TTI对应的控制信道,该控制信道中携带有第一TTI中的传输块的第一进程标识,第二网络设备从该控制信道中,获取第一TTI中的传输块的第一进程标识。In an implementation, when the first network device schedules a group of TTIs to transmit data to the second network device, each TTI of the group of TTIs corresponds to the control channel, and the control channel may carry control information, where the control information may include resource allocation information and The modulation coding mode and the like may also carry the first process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI in the control channel corresponding to the first TTI in each group of TTIs. The second network device may receive the control channel corresponding to the first TTI, where the control channel carries the first process identifier of the transport block in the first TTI, and the second network device obtains the transmission in the first TTI from the control channel. The first process ID of the block.
方式三,第二网络设备通过一组TTI对应的公共控制信道,获取第一进程标识,第一进程标识是一组TTI中第一TTI中的传输块对应的进程标识。In the third mode, the second network device obtains the first process identifier by using a common control channel corresponding to the TTI, where the first process identifier is a process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI in the group of TTIs.
在实施中,第一网络设备调度一组TTI向第二网络设备传输数据时,每组TTI可以对应有一个公共控制信道,一组TTI对应的公共控制信道可以在一组TTI之前,或第一TTI中,由第一网络设备向第二网络设备进行发送。第一网络设备可以在公共控制信道中携带第一TTI中的传输块对应的第一进程标识。第二网络设备可以接收一组TTI对应的公共控制信道,该公共控制信道中携带有该组TTI中第一TTI中的传输块对应的第一进程标识。第二网络设备还可以接收第一网络设备为该第二网络设备调度的一组TTI对应的公共控制信道,然后从该公共控制信道中获取携带的第一TTI中的传输块对应的第一进程标识。In an implementation, when the first network device schedules a group of TTIs to transmit data to the second network device, each group of TTIs may have a common control channel, and the common control channel corresponding to a group of TTIs may be before a group of TTIs, or first In the TTI, the first network device transmits to the second network device. The first network device may carry the first process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI in the common control channel. The second network device may receive a common control channel corresponding to a set of TTIs, where the common control channel carries a first process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI of the set of TTIs. The second network device may further receive a common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs that the first network device schedules for the second network device, and then obtain, from the common control channel, the first process corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI that is carried. Logo.
可选的,根据第一进程标识,确定至少一个第二TTI各自的第二进程标识的方式有多种,以下给出两种几种可行的方式:Optionally, according to the first process identifier, there are multiple ways to determine the second process identifier of each of the at least one second TTI. Two possible ways are as follows:
方式一,获取预设的最大进程数,以及第一TTI与第N个第二TTI之间的TTI间隔N;将第一进程标识与TTI间隔N之和,除以最大进程数,得到的余数,确定为第N个第二TTI的第二进程标识,其中,N为正整数。In the first manner, the preset maximum number of processes is obtained, and the TTI interval N between the first TTI and the Nth second TTI is obtained; the sum of the first process identifier and the TTI interval N is divided by the maximum number of processes, and the remainder is obtained. And determining a second process identifier of the Nth second TTI, where N is a positive integer.
在实施中,技术人员可以预设最大进程数,并且存储至第一网络设备与第二网络设备中。第二网络设备接收到第N个第二TTI的数据信道,可以获取预先存储的最大进程数,并将接收到第一TTI的时间与接收到第N个第二TTI的时间的时间间隔,除以一个TTI,得到的商,确定为该第二TTI与第一TTI之间的TTI间隔为N,然后将第一进程标识与TTI间隔N之和,除以最大进程数,得到的余数,则为第N个第二TTI的第二进程标识。例如,预设的最大进程数为3,第一进程标识为0,接收到第一TTI的时间与接收到第二个第二TTI的时间的时间间隔为30ms,除以一个TTI(10ms),得到的商为3,第一TTI与第二个第二
TTI之间的TTI间隔N为3,第一进程标识0与TTI间隔3进行相加,得到3,除以最大进程数3,得到的余数为0,则,第二个第二TTI的第二进程标识为0。In an implementation, the technician can preset the maximum number of processes and store them in the first network device and the second network device. The second network device receives the data channel of the Nth second TTI, and can obtain the maximum number of processes stored in advance, and divides the time between receiving the first TTI and the time of receiving the Nth second TTI. Taking a TTI, the obtained quotient, determining that the TTI interval between the second TTI and the first TTI is N, and then dividing the sum of the first process identifier and the TTI interval N by the maximum number of processes, and obtaining the remainder, The second process identifier of the Nth second TTI. For example, the preset maximum number of processes is 3, the first process identifier is 0, the time interval between the time when the first TTI is received and the time when the second second TTI is received is 30 ms, divided by one TTI (10 ms), The quotient obtained is 3, the first TTI and the second second
The TTI interval N between the TTIs is 3. The first process identifier 0 and the TTI interval 3 are added to obtain 3, divided by the maximum number of processes 3, and the obtained remainder is 0. Then, the second second TTI is second. The process ID is 0.
例如,如图5所示,对于FDD系统,一个TTI对应一个传输块,一个回环时间(Round trip time,RTT)中包含两个TTI(以进程标识为0、进程标识为1为例),最大进程数为2,第一网络设备为第二网络设备调度一组TTI中包含4个TTI,第二网络设备获取到第一TTI的传输块的进程标识为0,在接收到第一个第二TTI的数据信道后,可以根据第一TTI的进程标识0、最大进程数、TTI间隔,计算确定第一个第二TTI的传输块的进程标识为1,在接收到第二个第二TTI的数据信道后,可以根据第一TTI的进程标识0、最大进程数、TTI间隔,计算确定第二个第二TTI的传输块的进程标识为0,依此类推,确定一组TTI中第二TTI的进程标识。For example, as shown in FIG. 5, for an FDD system, one TTI corresponds to one transport block, and one Round Trip Time (RTT) includes two TTIs (with the process ID being 0 and the process ID being 1 as an example). The number of processes is 2, the first network device schedules a TTI in the TTI for the second network device, and the process identifier of the transport block in which the second network device obtains the first TTI is 0, and receives the first second. After the data channel of the TTI, the process identifier of the transport block that determines the first second TTI is calculated to be 1 according to the process identifier 0, the maximum number of processes, and the TTI interval of the first TTI, and the second second TTI is received. After the data channel, the process identifier of the transport block of the second second TTI is determined to be 0 according to the process identifier 0, the maximum number of processes, and the TTI interval of the first TTI, and so on, determining the second TTI in the set of TTIs. Process ID.
方式二,获取预设的最大进程数,以及第一TTI与第一个第二TTI之间的TTI间隔P;将第一进程标识与TTI间隔P之和,除以最大进程数,得到的余数,确定为第一个第二TTI的第二进程标识,其中,P为正整数;In the second manner, the preset maximum number of processes is obtained, and the TTI interval P between the first TTI and the first second TTI is obtained; the sum of the first process identifier and the TTI interval P is divided by the maximum number of processes, and the remainder is obtained. Determining, as a second process identifier of the first second TTI, where P is a positive integer;
获取第N个第二TTI的第二进程标识,以及第N+1个第二TTI与第N个第二TTI的TTI间隔Q,将第N个第二TTI的第二进程标识与TTI间隔Q之和,除以最大进程数,得到的余数,确定为第N+1个第二TTI的第二进程标识,其中,N、Q为正整数。Obtaining a second process identifier of the Nth second TTI, and a TTI interval Q of the N+1 second TTI and the Nth second TTI, and setting a second process identifier of the Nth second TTI to the TTI interval Q The sum is divided by the maximum number of processes, and the obtained remainder is determined as the second process identifier of the N+1th second TTI, where N and Q are positive integers.
在实施中,技术人员可以预设最大进程数,并且存储至第一网络设备与第二网络设备中。第二网络设备在接收到第一个第二TTI的数据信道时,可以获取预设的最大进程数,并将接收到第一TTI的时间与接收到第一个第二TTI的时间的时间间隔,除以一个TTI,得到的商,确定为第一TTI与第一个第二TTI之间的TTI间隔P,然后将TTI间隔P与第一进程标识之和,除以预设的最大进程数,得到的余数,为第一个第二TTI的第二进程标识。In an implementation, the technician can preset the maximum number of processes and store them in the first network device and the second network device. When receiving the data channel of the first second TTI, the second network device may acquire the preset maximum number of processes, and the time interval between the time when the first TTI is received and the time when the first second TTI is received Dividing by a TTI, the obtained quotient is determined as the TTI interval P between the first TTI and the first second TTI, and then the sum of the TTI interval P and the first process identifier is divided by the preset maximum number of processes. The remainder obtained is the second process identifier of the first second TTI.
第二网络设备在接收到第N+1个第二TTI的数据信道之前,已经接收到第N个第二TTI的数据信道,第二网络设备在确定第N+1个第二TTI的第二进程标识时,可以获取预先存储的最大进程数,并获取之前确定的第N个第二TTI的第二进程标识,然后将接收第N个第二TTI的时间与第N+1个TTI的时间的时间间隔,除以一个TTI,得到的商,确定为第N个第二TTI与第N+1个第二TTI的TTI间隔Q,将第N个第二TTI的第二进程标识与TTI间隔Q之和,除以预设的最大进程数,得到的余数为第N+1个第二TTI的第二进程标识。例如,预设的最大进程数为4,第三个第二TTI与第四个第二TTI之间的时间间隔为为30ms,一个TTI为10ms,则第三个第二TTI与第四个第二TTI之间的时间间隔为3个TTI,而且第三个第二TTI的第二进程标识为3,则第四个第二TTI的第二进程标识为2。The second network device has received the data channel of the Nth second TTI before receiving the data channel of the (N+1)th second TTI, and the second network device determines the second of the N+1th second TTI When the process is identified, the maximum number of processes stored in advance may be obtained, and the second process identifier of the Nth second TTI determined before is obtained, and then the time of receiving the Nth second TTI and the time of the N+1th TTI are received. The time interval is divided by a TTI, and the obtained quotient is determined as the TTI interval Q of the Nth second TTI and the N+1th second TTI, and the second process identifier of the Nth second TTI is separated from the TTI. The sum of Q is divided by the preset maximum number of processes, and the remainder obtained is the second process identifier of the N+1th second TTI. For example, the preset maximum number of processes is 4, the time interval between the third second TTI and the fourth second TTI is 30 ms, one TTI is 10 ms, and the third second TTI and the fourth The time interval between the two TTIs is 3 TTIs, and the second process ID of the third second TTI is 3, and the second process ID of the fourth second TTI is 2.
例如,如图6所示,对于TDD系统,一个TTI对应一个传输块,一个RTT中包含两个TTI(以进程标识为0、进程标识为1为例),最大进程数为2,第一网络设备为第二网络设备调度一组TTI中包含3个TTI,第二网络设备获取到第一TTI的传输块的进程标识为0,在接收到第一个第二TTI的数据信道后,可以确定第一个第二TTI的传输块的进程标识为1,在接收到第二个第二TTI的数据信道后,可以根据第一个第二TTI的第二进程标识1与TTI间隔1相加后,除以最大进程数2,余数为0,第二个第二TTI的传输块的进程标识为0,依此类推,确定一组TTI中第二TTI的进程标识。For example, as shown in FIG. 6 , for a TDD system, one TTI corresponds to one transport block, and one RTT includes two TTIs (with the process ID being 0 and the process ID being 1 as an example), and the maximum number of processes is 2, the first network. The device schedules, for the second network device, a set of TTIs that include three TTIs, and the second network device obtains the process identifier of the transport block of the first TTI to be 0, and after receiving the data channel of the first second TTI, may determine The process identifier of the transport block of the first second TTI is 1. After receiving the data channel of the second second TTI, the second process ID 1 of the first second TTI may be added to the TTI interval 1. Dividing by the maximum number of processes 2, the remainder is 0, the process identifier of the second second TTI transport block is 0, and so on, determining the process identifier of the second TTI in a set of TTIs.
步骤404中,第二网络设备根据对一组TTI分别对应的数据信道的接收情况,生成与一组TTI分别对应的应答信息。
In step 404, the second network device generates response information corresponding to a group of TTIs according to the reception status of the data channels corresponding to a group of TTIs.
在实施中,第二网络设备对于接收到一组TTI中的每个TTI分别对应的数据信道,都可以对数据信道进行解调与译码处理,确定数据信道是否可以正确解调或译码。如果某个TTI对应的数据信道可以正确解调,且正确译码,则确定该TTI对应的应答信息为ACK,如果某个TTI对应的数据信道不能正确解调,或者不能正确译码,则确定该TTI对应的应答信息为NACK,这样就可以确定一组TTI中每个TTI分别对应的应答信息。In an implementation, the second network device may perform demodulation and decoding processing on the data channel for receiving the data channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, and determine whether the data channel can be correctly demodulated or decoded. If the data channel corresponding to a TTI can be correctly demodulated and correctly decoded, it is determined that the response information corresponding to the TTI is an ACK. If the data channel corresponding to a TTI cannot be correctly demodulated, or cannot be correctly decoded, then it is determined. The response information corresponding to the TTI is NACK, so that the response information corresponding to each TTI in a group of TTIs can be determined.
步骤405中,第二网络设备分别将一组TTI中每个TTI对应的应答信息发送给第一网络设备。In step 405, the second network device sends response information corresponding to each TTI in a set of TTIs to the first network device.
在实施中,对于FDD,一组TTI中包含第一TTI以及至少一个第二TTI,第二网络设备在接收完第一TTI的数据信道,以及确定出第一TTI对应的应答信息,可以将第一TTI的应答信息发送至第一网络设备,同时可以接收第一个第二TTI,确定第一个第二TTI的应答信息,然后向第一网络设备发送第一个第二TTI对应的应答信息,依此类推,将一组TTI中每个TTI对应的应答信息发送给第一网络设备。In an implementation, for the FDD, the first TTI and the at least one second TTI are included in the TTI, and the second network device receives the data channel of the first TTI and determines the response information corresponding to the first TTI. The response information of the TTI is sent to the first network device, and the first second TTI is received, the response information of the first second TTI is determined, and then the response information corresponding to the first second TTI is sent to the first network device. And so on, sending response information corresponding to each TTI in a set of TTIs to the first network device.
对于TDD,一组TTI中包含第一TTI以及至少一个第二TTI,第二网络设备在接收完第一TTI的数据信道,以及确定出第一TTI对应的应答信息,第二网络设备可以将下行传输,切换为上行传输,向第一网络设备发送第一TTI对应的应答信息。当第二网络设备接收第一网络设备发送的第一个第二TTI时,可以将上行传输,切换为下行传输,接收第一个第二TTI的数据信道,确定第一个第二TTI的应答信息,然后第二网络设备将下行传输,切换为上行传输,向第一网络设备发送第一个第二TTI对应的应答信息。依此类推,将一组TTI中每个TTI对应的应答信息发送给第一网络设备。For the TDD, the first TTI and the at least one second TTI are included in the TTI, the second network device receives the data channel of the first TTI, and determines the response information corresponding to the first TTI, and the second network device may The transmission is switched to the uplink transmission, and the response information corresponding to the first TTI is sent to the first network device. When the second network device receives the first second TTI sent by the first network device, the uplink transmission may be switched to the downlink transmission, and the data channel of the first second TTI is received, and the response of the first second TTI is determined. After the information is transmitted, the second network device switches the downlink transmission to the uplink transmission, and sends the response information corresponding to the first second TTI to the first network device. And so on, the response information corresponding to each TTI in a set of TTIs is sent to the first network device.
可选的,针对TDD,还提供了反馈一组TTI中各TTI的数据信息对应的应答信息的方法,相应的,步骤405的处理可以如下:Optionally, for TDD, a method for feeding back response information corresponding to data information of each TTI in a set of TTIs is provided. Correspondingly, the processing of step 405 may be as follows:
在一组TTI中的最后一个TTI内或一组TTI之外的一个TTI内,通过控制信道,分别将一组TTI中每个TTI对应的应答信息,发送给第一网络设备。The response information corresponding to each TTI in a set of TTIs is sent to the first network device by using a control channel in a TTI in a TTI or a TTI in a group of TTIs.
在实施中,第一网络设备向第二网络设备传输数据,第二网络设备在接收到一组TTI中第一个TTI后,可以根据时域范围信息,确定一组TTI中,全部TTI的数据信道已经全部接收,然后可以获取各TTI对应的应答信息,第二网络设备可以通过这一组TTI后的任意一个TTI,向第一网络设备反馈一组TTI中每个TTI对应的应答信息,这样可以减少下行传输与上行传输的切换开销。但是为了减少数据缓存,第二网络设备可以在一组TTI之后的第一个TTI向第一网络设备反馈这一组TTI中每个TTI对应的应答信息。例如,如图7(a)、7(b)所示,第一网络设备为第二网络设备调度一组TTI中包含2个TTI,第二网络设备可以在接收到一组TTI的第一TTI之后,继续接收到第一网络设备为第二网络设备调度的第二TTI后,第二网络设备可以通过一个TTI向第一网络设备反馈这一组TTI中两个TTI对应的应答信息,其中,图7(a)、7(b)分别表示TDD下行传输与TDD上行传输。In an implementation, the first network device transmits data to the second network device, and after receiving the first TTI in the set of TTIs, the second network device may determine data of all TTIs in a set of TTIs according to the time domain range information. After the channel is all received, the response information corresponding to each TTI can be obtained, and the second network device can feed back the response information corresponding to each TTI in the TTI to the first network device by using any one of the TTIs. The switching overhead of downlink transmission and uplink transmission can be reduced. However, in order to reduce the data buffer, the second network device may feed back the response information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs to the first network device in the first TTI after the set of TTIs. For example, as shown in FIG. 7(a) and FIG. 7(b), the first network device schedules, for the second network device, a set of TTIs that include two TTIs, and the second network device can receive the first TTI of the set of TTIs. After receiving the second TTI scheduled by the first network device for the second network device, the second network device may feed back, by using one TTI, the response information corresponding to the two TTIs in the set of TTIs to the first network device, where 7(a) and 7(b) show TDD downlink transmission and TDD uplink transmission, respectively.
或者,第二网络设备也可以在一组TTI中最后一个TTI中,向第一网络设备反馈一组TTI中每个TTI对应的应答信息,也就是说一组TTI中包含N个TTI,第一个TTI至第N-1个第二TTI为下行传输,第N个第二TTI在下行传输完数据信道后,切换为上行传输,这样,第二网络设备不需要每接收一个TTI,就将下行传输切换为上行传输,从而可以减少下行传输与上行传输的切换开销。例如,如图12(b)、13(b)所示,第一网络设备为第二网络设备调度一组TTI中包含两个TTI,第二网络设备可以在接收到一组TTI中第二TTI的
数据信道后,将下行传输切换为上行传输,向第一网络设备反馈一组TTI中这两个TTI对应的应答信息,其中,图8(a)、8(b)分别表示TDD下行传输与TDD上行传输。Alternatively, the second network device may also feed back, to the first network device, response information corresponding to each TTI in a set of TTIs in a last TTI in a set of TTIs, that is, a set of TTIs includes N TTIs, first The TTI to the N-1th second TTI is a downlink transmission, and the Nth second TTI is switched to the uplink transmission after the downlink data channel is transmitted, so that the second network device does not need to receive a downlink every time a TTI is received. The transmission is switched to the uplink transmission, so that the switching overhead of the downlink transmission and the uplink transmission can be reduced. For example, as shown in FIG. 12(b) and FIG. 13(b), the first network device schedules, for the second network device, a set of TTIs that include two TTIs, and the second network device can receive the second TTI of the set of TTIs. of
After the data channel, the downlink transmission is switched to the uplink transmission, and the response information corresponding to the two TTIs in the TTI is fed back to the first network device, where FIG. 8(a) and FIG. 8(b) respectively represent the TDD downlink transmission and the TDD. Uplink transmission.
步骤406中,第一网络设备接收第二网络设备根据数据信道的接收情况而反馈的一组TTI中每个TTI对应的应答信息。In step 406, the first network device receives the response information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs that the second network device feeds back according to the reception condition of the data channel.
步骤407中,第一网络设备根据接收到的应答信息,进行混合自动重传请求HARQ处理。In step 407, the first network device performs hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ processing according to the received response information.
在实施中,对于某个TTI,如果第一网络设备接收到的应答信息为ACK,则可以在下次传输该TTI的进程标识对应的传输块时,在该传输块上传输新数据,第二网络设备可以进行步骤402~步骤405的处理。In an implementation, for a certain TTI, if the response information received by the first network device is an ACK, the new data may be transmitted on the transport block when the transport block corresponding to the process identifier of the TTI is transmitted next time, the second network. The device can perform the processing of steps 402 to 405.
对于某个TTI,如果第一网络设备接收到的应答信息为NACK,则获取该TTI对应的最大重传次数,如果未超过最大重传次数,则可以在下次传输该TTI的进程标识对应的传输块时,在该传输块上重新传输该TTI对应的数据,第二网络设备接收到上次反馈NACK应答信息的进程标识对应的TTI时,可以将该进程标识对应的两个TTI的数据信道中的数据进行合并,然后进行步骤404~步骤405的处理。For a certain TTI, if the response information received by the first network device is a NACK, the maximum number of retransmissions corresponding to the TTI is obtained. If the maximum number of retransmissions is not exceeded, the transmission corresponding to the process identifier of the TTI may be transmitted next time. In the case of a block, the data corresponding to the TTI is retransmitted on the transport block. When the second network device receives the TTI corresponding to the process identifier of the last feedback NACK response information, the process may identify the two TTI data channels corresponding to the process. The data is merged, and then the processing of steps 404 to 405 is performed.
本发明实施例中,还提供了发送控制信息,以及根据控制信息确定一组TTI分别对应的数据信道的接收情况的方法,如图9所示,相应的处理可以如下:In the embodiment of the present invention, a method for transmitting control information and determining a receiving condition of a data channel corresponding to a set of TTIs according to the control information is further provided. As shown in FIG. 9, the corresponding processing may be as follows:
步骤901中,第一网络设备分别确定每个第二TTI对应的控制信息相对于第一TTI对应的控制信息的变化信息。In step 901, the first network device determines, respectively, change information of the control information corresponding to each second TTI with respect to the control information corresponding to the first TTI.
其中,变化信息包括:第二TTI对应的控制信息相对于第一TTI对应的控制信息的增量控制信息,或第二TTI对应的控制信息相对于第一TTI对应的控制信息更新的控制信息。例如,某个第二TTI对应的控制信息相对于第一TTI对应的控制信息增加了一部分控制信息,则变化信息为增加的这一部分控制信息,或者,某个第二TTI对应的控制信息相对于第一TTI对应的控制信息更新了一部分控制信息,则变化信息为更新的一部分控制信息。The change information includes: incremental control information of the control information corresponding to the second TTI with respect to the control information corresponding to the first TTI, or control information updated by the control information corresponding to the second TTI with respect to the control information corresponding to the first TTI. For example, if the control information corresponding to a certain second TTI adds a part of the control information to the control information corresponding to the first TTI, the change information is the added part of the control information, or the control information corresponding to a certain second TTI is relative to the control information. The control information corresponding to the first TTI updates a part of the control information, and the change information is part of the updated control information.
在实施中,第一网络设备在为第二网络设备发送一组TTI时,第一网络设备可以首先确定第一TTI对应的控制信息,然后确定每个第二TTI对应的控制信息相对于第一个TTI对应的控制信息的变化信息。例如,某个第二TTI对应的控制信息比第一TTI对应的控制信息增加了一部分控制信息,则该第二TTI对应的控制信道中携带的控制信息为上述的一部分控制信息。In an implementation, when the first network device sends a set of TTIs for the second network device, the first network device may first determine control information corresponding to the first TTI, and then determine control information corresponding to each second TTI with respect to the first The change information of the control information corresponding to the TTI. For example, if the control information corresponding to the second TTI adds a part of the control information to the control information corresponding to the first TTI, the control information carried in the control channel corresponding to the second TTI is part of the foregoing control information.
步骤902中,第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信道,第一TTI对应的控制信道中携带有第一TTI对应的控制信息,每个第二TTI对应的控制信道中分别携带有每个第二TTI对应的变化信息。In step 902, the first network device sends a control channel corresponding to each TTI in the TTI to the second network device, where the control channel corresponding to the first TTI carries control information corresponding to the first TTI, and each second TTI corresponds to Each of the control channels carries change information corresponding to each second TTI.
在实施中,第一网络设备可以向第二网络设备发送一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信道,第一TTI对应的控制信道中携带有第一TTI对应的控制信息,每个第二TTI对应的控制信道中携带有每个第二TTI对应的变化信息。这样,第一网络设备不需要向第二网络设备发送每个第二TTI对应的全部控制信息,从而可以节约大量的传输资源。In an implementation, the first network device may send, to the second network device, a control channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, where the control channel corresponding to the first TTI carries control information corresponding to the first TTI, and each second TTI The corresponding control channel carries change information corresponding to each second TTI. In this way, the first network device does not need to send all the control information corresponding to each second TTI to the second network device, so that a large amount of transmission resources can be saved.
另外,当第二TTI中的某个TTI对应为某一进程上的重传时,该TTI可以不对应控制信道,而沿用该进程上前一TTI对应的控制信道中的控制信息。例如,一组TTI包含4个TTI,第一TTI的传输块的进程标识为0,第一个第二TTI的传输块的进程标识为1,第二
个第二TTI的传输块的进程标识为0,第二个第二TTI的传输块的进程标识为1,当第一TTI的传输块对应的反馈信息为NACK,即表示接收错误,且第二个第二TTI的重传不超过最大重传次数,此时,第二个第二TTI对应为重传时,则该TTI可以不对应控制信道,使用第一TTI对应的控制信道中的控制信息,节省控制信道的发送。In addition, when a certain TTI in the second TTI corresponds to a retransmission on a certain process, the TTI may not correspond to the control channel, but inherit the control information in the control channel corresponding to the previous TTI in the process. For example, a set of TTIs includes 4 TTIs, a process identifier of a transport block of the first TTI is 0, and a process identifier of a transport block of the first second TTI is 1 and a second
The process identifier of the transport block of the second TTI is 0, and the process identifier of the transport block of the second second TTI is 1. When the feedback information corresponding to the transport block of the first TTI is NACK, it indicates that the error is received, and the second The retransmission of the second TTI does not exceed the maximum number of retransmissions. In this case, when the second second TTI is corresponding to the retransmission, the TTI may not correspond to the control channel, and the control information in the control channel corresponding to the first TTI is used. , saving the transmission of the control channel.
步骤903中,第二网络设备接收第一网络设备发送的一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信道。In step 903, the second network device receives the control channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs sent by the first network device.
其中,第一TTI对应的控制信道中携带有第一TTI对应的控制信息,每个第二TTI对应的控制信道中分别携带有每个第二TTI对应的控制信息相对于第一TTI对应的控制信息的变化信息。The control channel corresponding to the first TTI carries the control information corresponding to the first TTI, and the control channel corresponding to each second TTI carries control corresponding to the control information corresponding to the first TTI. Information change information.
步骤904中,第二网络设备根据第一TTI对应的控制信息和每个第二TTI对应的变化信息,分别确定每个第二TTI对应的控制信息。In step 904, the second network device determines the control information corresponding to each second TTI according to the control information corresponding to the first TTI and the change information corresponding to each second TTI.
在实施中,第二网络设备在确定一组TTI中某个第二TTI的控制信息时,如果该TTI对应的变化信息是该TTI对应的控制信息相对于第一TTI对应的控制信息的增量控制信息,则可以将第一TTI对应的控制信息、该TTI对应的变化信息,作为该TTI对应的控制信息;如果该TTI对应的变化信息是该TTI对应的控制信息相对于第一TTI对应的控制信息更新的控制信息,则可以将第一TTI对应的控制信息中与该TTI对应的控制信息相同的部分控制信息、该TTI对应的变化信息,作为该TTI对应的控制信息。这样,就可以确定每个第二TTI对应的控制信息。In an implementation, when the second network device determines the control information of the second TTI in the TTI, the change information corresponding to the TTI is the increment of the control information corresponding to the TTI and the control information corresponding to the first TTI. Control information, the control information corresponding to the first TTI and the change information corresponding to the TTI may be used as the control information corresponding to the TTI; if the change information corresponding to the TTI is the control information corresponding to the TTI, corresponding to the first TTI For the control information of the control information update, the partial control information and the change information corresponding to the TTI in the control information corresponding to the TTI in the control information corresponding to the first TTI may be used as the control information corresponding to the TTI. In this way, the control information corresponding to each second TTI can be determined.
例如,第二网络设备接收到一组TTI中第一TTI的控制信道后,可以获取其中的控制信息,当接收到一组TTI中第一个第二TTI对应的控制信道后,获取该TTI对应的变化信息,如果第一个第二TTI对应的变化信息为增量控制信息,可以将第一TTI对应的控制信息、第一个第二TTI对应的变化信息作为第一个第二TTI对应的控制信息,如果第一个第二TTI对应的变化信息为更新的控制信息,可以将第一个第二TTI对应的控制信息与第一TTI对应的控制信息相同的部分控制信息、第一个第二TTI对应的变化信息,作为第一个第二TTITTI对应的控制信息。For example, after receiving the control channel of the first TTI in the TTI, the second network device may obtain the control information, and obtain the TTI corresponding to the control channel corresponding to the first second TTI in the TTI. The change information, if the change information corresponding to the first second TTI is the incremental control information, the control information corresponding to the first TTI and the change information corresponding to the first second TTI may be used as the first second TTI. Control information, if the change information corresponding to the first second TTI is the updated control information, the control information corresponding to the first second TTI may be the same as the control information corresponding to the first TTI, and the first part The change information corresponding to the second TTI is used as the control information corresponding to the first second TTITTI.
另外,一组TTI中第二TTI中某个TTI对应为某一进程上的重传时,该TTI可以对应没有控制信道,该TTI的控制信息可以为该进程上前一TTI对应的控制信道中的控制信息。In addition, when a TTI in a second TTI of a group of TTIs is corresponding to a retransmission on a certain process, the TTI may correspond to a control channel, and the control information of the TTI may be in the control channel corresponding to the previous TTI in the process. Control information.
步骤905中,第二网络设备根据一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信息,对一组TTI中每个TTI对应的数据信道,进行数据信道的解调和译码,确定每个TTI对应的数据信道的接收情况。In step 905, the second network device performs demodulation and decoding of the data channel for each data channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of TTIs according to control information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, and determines corresponding to each TTI. The reception of the data channel.
在实施中,第二网络设备可以使用一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信息,对于一组TTI中每个TTI对应的数据信道,进行解调,然后对解调后的数据信道进行译码,确定是否正确译码每个TTI对应的数据信道,进而得到每个TTI对应的数据信道的接收情况。In an implementation, the second network device may perform demodulation on a data channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of TTIs by using control information corresponding to each TTI in a set of TTIs, and then decode the demodulated data channels. And determining whether the data channel corresponding to each TTI is correctly decoded, thereby obtaining the reception condition of the data channel corresponding to each TTI.
本申请另一个实施例中,还提供了另外一种发送控制信息,以及根据控制信息确定一组TTI分别对应的数据信道的接收情况的方法,如图10所示,相应的处理可以如下:In another embodiment of the present application, another method for transmitting control information and determining a receiving condition of a data channel corresponding to a group of TTIs according to the control information is further provided. As shown in FIG. 10, the corresponding processing may be as follows:
步骤1001中,第一网络设备确定一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信息相对于一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的变化信息。In step 1001, the first network device determines change information of control information corresponding to each TTI in a set of TTIs relative to common control information corresponding to a group of TTIs.
其中,变化信息包括:每个TTI的公共控制信息相对于一组TTI对应的公共控制信息
的增量控制信息,或每个TTI对应的控制信息相对于一组TTI对应的公共控制信息更新的控制信息。例如,某个TTI对应的控制信息比一组TTI对应的公共控制信息增加了一部分控制信息,则变化信息为增加的一部分控制信息,或者,某个TTI对应的控制信息相对于一组TTI对应的公共控制信息更新了一部分控制信息,则变化信息为更新的一部分控制信息。The change information includes: common control information corresponding to each TTI with respect to a common control information of a set of TTIs
The incremental control information, or the control information updated by the control information corresponding to each TTI with respect to the common control information corresponding to a set of TTIs. For example, if the control information corresponding to a certain TTI adds a part of the control information to the common control information corresponding to the TTI, the change information is an added part of the control information, or the control information corresponding to a certain TTI corresponds to a set of TTIs. The common control information updates a part of the control information, and the change information is part of the updated control information.
在实施中,第一网络设备在为第二网络设备发送一组TTI时,第一网络设备可以首先确定一组TTI对应的公共控制信息,然后确定一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信息相对于一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的变化信息。例如,某个TTI对应的控制信息比一组TTI对应的公共控制信息增加了一部分控制信息,则该TTI对应的控制信道中携带的控制信息为上述的一部分控制信息。In an implementation, when the first network device sends a set of TTIs for the second network device, the first network device may first determine common control information corresponding to a set of TTIs, and then determine that the control information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs is relatively Change information of common control information corresponding to a set of TTIs. For example, if the control information corresponding to a certain TTI adds a part of the control information to the common control information corresponding to the TTI, the control information carried in the control channel corresponding to the TTI is part of the control information.
步骤1002中,第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送一组TTI对应的公共控制信道,以及一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信道,一组TTI对应的公共控制信道中携带有一组TTI对应的公共控制信息,每个TTI对应的控制信道中分别携带有每个TTI对应的控制信息相对于一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的变化信息。In the step 1002, the first network device sends a common control channel corresponding to the TTI to the second network device, and a control channel corresponding to each TTI in the TTI. The common control channel corresponding to the TTI carries a set of TTIs. The common control information, the control channel corresponding to each TTI carries the change information of the control information corresponding to each TTI with respect to the common control information corresponding to a group of TTIs.
在实施中,第一网络设备可以向第二网络设备发送一组TTI对应的公共控制信道,以及每个TTI对应的控制信道,一组TTI对应的公共控制信道中携带有一组TTI对应的公共控制信息,每个TTI对应的控制信道中分别携带有每个TTI对应的控制信息相对于一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的变化信息。这样,第一网络设备不需要向第二网络设备发送每个TTI对应的全部控制信息,从而可以节约大量的传输资源。如图11与12所示,分别针对FDD与TDD的下行传输中,一组TTI的公共控制信息中包含每个TTI对应的控制信息中相同部分的控制信息。In an implementation, the first network device may send a common control channel corresponding to a set of TTIs to the second network device, and a control channel corresponding to each TTI, where a common control channel corresponding to a set of TTIs carries a common control corresponding to a set of TTIs. The information, the control channel corresponding to each TTI carries the change information of the control information corresponding to each TTI with respect to the common control information corresponding to a group of TTIs. In this way, the first network device does not need to send all the control information corresponding to each TTI to the second network device, so that a large amount of transmission resources can be saved. As shown in FIG. 11 and FIG. 12, in the downlink transmission for FDD and TDD, respectively, the common control information of a group of TTIs includes the same part of the control information in the control information corresponding to each TTI.
步骤1003中,第二网络设备接收第一网络设备发送的一组TTI对应的公共控制信道,以及一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信道。In step 1003, the second network device receives a common control channel corresponding to a set of TTIs sent by the first network device, and a control channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of TTIs.
步骤1004中,根据一组TTI对应的公共控制信息和一组TTI中每个TTI对应的变化信息,分别确定每个TTI对应的控制信息。In step 1004, the control information corresponding to each TTI is determined according to the common control information corresponding to a set of TTIs and the change information corresponding to each TTI in a set of TTIs.
在实施中,第二网络设备在确定一组TTI中某个TTI的控制信息时,如果该TTI对应的变化信息是该TTI对应的控制信息相对于一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的增量控制信息,则可以将一组TTI对应的公共控制信息、该TTI对应的变化信息,作为该TTI对应的控制信息;如果该TTI对应的变化信息是该TTI对应的控制信息相对于一组TTI对应的公共控制信息更新的控制信息,则可以将一组TTI对应的公共控制信息中与该TTI对应的控制信息相同的部分控制信息、该TTI对应的变化信息,作为该TTI对应的控制信息。这样,就可以确定每个TTI对应的控制信息。In an implementation, when the second network device determines the control information of a TTI in a set of TTIs, if the change information corresponding to the TTI is the incremental control of the control information corresponding to the TTI with respect to the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs. For the information, the common control information corresponding to the TTI and the change information corresponding to the TTI may be used as the control information corresponding to the TTI; if the change information corresponding to the TTI is the control information corresponding to the TTI corresponding to a set of TTIs For the control information of the common control information update, the partial control information of the common control information corresponding to the TTI and the change information corresponding to the TTI may be used as the control information corresponding to the TTI. In this way, the control information corresponding to each TTI can be determined.
步骤1005中,第二网络设备根据一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信息,对一组TTI中每个TTI对应的数据信道,进行数据信道的解调和译码,确定每个TTI对应的数据信道的接收情况。In step 1005, the second network device demodulates and decodes the data channel for each data channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of TTIs according to control information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, and determines corresponding to each TTI. The reception of the data channel.
在实施中,第二网络设备可以使用一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信息,对于一组TTI中每个TTI对应的数据信道,进行解调,然后对解调后的数据信道进行译码,确定是否正确译码每个TTI对应的数据信道,进而得到每个TTI对应的数据信道的接收情况。
In an implementation, the second network device may perform demodulation on a data channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of TTIs by using control information corresponding to each TTI in a set of TTIs, and then decode the demodulated data channels. And determining whether the data channel corresponding to each TTI is correctly decoded, thereby obtaining the reception condition of the data channel corresponding to each TTI.
本发明实施例中,还提供了发送参考信号,以及根据参考信号确定一组TTI分别对应的数据信道的接收情况的方法,如图13所示,相应的处理可以如下:In the embodiment of the present invention, a method for transmitting a reference signal and determining a receiving condition of a data channel corresponding to a group of TTIs according to the reference signal is further provided. As shown in FIG. 13, the corresponding processing may be as follows:
步骤1301中,第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送一组TTI中每个TTI的参考信号。In step 1301, the first network device sends a reference signal of each TTI in a set of TTIs to the second network device.
在实施中,第一网络设备为第二网络设备调度一组TTI,第一网络设备可以将每个TTI的参考信号在对应的TTI中发送至第二网络设备,第一TTI的参考信号可以独立进行信道估计,第二TTI在进行信道估计时,需要参考一组TTI中该TTI之前的全部或部分TTI参考信号,第一TTI的参考信号占用的资源大小大于等于每个第二TTI的参考信号占用的资源大小,资源大小可以用资源单元的个数表示,这样,第二TTI的参考信号占用的传输资源比较少,可以节约传输资源。In an implementation, the first network device schedules a set of TTIs for the second network device, and the first network device may send the reference signal of each TTI to the second network device in the corresponding TTI, where the reference signal of the first TTI may be independent. The channel estimation is performed. When performing the channel estimation, the second TTI needs to refer to all or part of the TTI reference signals before the TTI in the TTI. The reference signal of the first TTI occupies a resource equal to or greater than the reference signal of each second TTI. The size of the occupied resource and the size of the resource may be represented by the number of resource units. Therefore, the reference signal of the second TTI occupies less transmission resources, which can save transmission resources.
步骤1302中,第二网络设备接收第一网络设备发送的一组TTI中每个TTI的参考信号。In step 1302, the second network device receives a reference signal of each TTI in a set of TTIs sent by the first network device.
步骤1303中,第二网络设备对于第一TTI,根据第一TTI的参考信号对第一TTI进行信道估计。In step 1303, the second network device performs channel estimation on the first TTI according to the reference signal of the first TTI for the first TTI.
在实施中,在对一组TTI中第一TTI进行信道估计时,可以使用第一TTI的参考信号进行信道估计。In an implementation, when channel estimation is performed on a first TTI in a group of TTIs, channel estimation may be performed using a reference signal of the first TTI.
步骤1304中,第二网络设备对于第二TTI中的任一TTI,根据任一TTI的参考信号,以及一组TTI中在任一TTI之前的各TTI的参考信号中的全部或部分参考信号,对任一TTI进行信道估计。In step 1304, the second network device, according to any TTI in the second TTI, according to any reference signal of any TTI, and all or part of the reference signals in the reference signals of each TTI before any TTI in a set of TTIs, Any TTI performs channel estimation.
在实施中,对于一组TTI中第二TTI中任一TTI进行信道估计时,可以参考该TTI的参考信号、这一组TTI中该TTI之前的各TTI的参考信号中全部的参考信号,对该TTI进行信道估计,或者可以参考该TTI的参考信号、这一组TTI中该TTI之前的各TTI的参考信号中部分参考信号,对该TTI进行信道估计。In the implementation, when performing channel estimation on any TTI in the second TTI in a set of TTIs, reference may be made to the reference signals of the TTI and all reference signals in the reference signals of the TTIs before the TTI in the set of TTIs. The TTI performs channel estimation, or may refer to the reference signal of the TTI, and part of the reference signals in the reference signals of the TTIs before the TTI in the set of TTIs, and perform channel estimation on the TTI.
另外,还可以参考该TTI的参考信号、这一组TTI中该TTI之前的各TTI中全部TTI的参考信号,或者还可以参考该TTI的参考信号、这一组TTI中该TTI之前的各TTI中部分TTI的参考信号,如一组TTI中,该TTI之前最近的几个TTI的参考信号。In addition, the reference signal of the TTI, the reference signal of all the TTIs in the TTIs before the TTI in the set of TTIs, or the reference signal of the TTI, and the TTIs before the TTI in the set of TTIs may also be referred to. The reference signal of the partial TTI, such as a set of TTI, the reference signal of several TTIs before the TTI.
步骤1305中,根据一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信息以及对应的信道估计结果,对一组TTI中每个TTI对应的数据信道,进行数据信道的解调和译码,确定每个TTI对应的数据信道的接收情况。In step 1305, according to the control information corresponding to each TTI in a set of TTIs and the corresponding channel estimation result, the data channel corresponding to each TTI in a group of TTIs is demodulated and decoded, and each TTI is determined. Corresponding data channel reception.
在实施中,第二网络设备可以使用一组TTI中每个TTI的参考信号,对各TTI的控制信道进行信道估计,以及进行解调得到各TTI对应的控制信息。然后对每个TTI对应的数据信道进行信道估计,根据得到的每个TTI对应的控制信息,以及对每个TTI进行信道估计的结果,对一组TTI中每个TTI对应的数据信道,进行解调,然后对解调后的数据信道进行译码,确定是否正确译码每个TTI对应的数据信道,进而得到每个TTI对应的数据信道的接收情况。In an implementation, the second network device may perform channel estimation on the control channel of each TTI by using a reference signal of each TTI in a set of TTIs, and perform demodulation to obtain control information corresponding to each TTI. Then, channel estimation is performed on the data channel corresponding to each TTI, and the data channel corresponding to each TTI in a group of TTIs is solved according to the obtained control information corresponding to each TTI and the result of channel estimation for each TTI. Tuning, and then decoding the demodulated data channel to determine whether the data channel corresponding to each TTI is correctly decoded, thereby obtaining the reception condition of the data channel corresponding to each TTI.
另外,如图14所示,本发明实施例还提供了:第一网络设备为第二网络设备发送的一组TTI中,第一TTI发送全部参考信号,对于一组TTI中的第二TTI中的一部分TTI发送参考信号,另一部分TTI不发送参考信号,相应的处理可以如下:In addition, as shown in FIG. 14, the embodiment of the present invention further provides that: in a set of TTIs sent by the first network device to the second network device, the first TTI sends all reference signals, and is used in the second TTI in a group of TTIs. A part of the TTI transmits the reference signal, and another part of the TTI does not transmit the reference signal. The corresponding processing can be as follows:
步骤1401中,第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送一组TTI中每个TTI的参考信号。In step 1401, the first network device sends a reference signal of each TTI in a set of TTIs to the second network device.
在实施中,第一网络设备在为第二网络设备发送一组TTI时,对于第一TTI发送全部
参考信号,该组TTI中的每个第二TTI,随机对于一部分TTI发送参考信号,另一部分TTI不发送参考信号。In an implementation, when the first network device sends a set of TTIs for the second network device, all the first TTIs are sent.
The reference signal, each second TTI in the set of TTIs, randomly transmits a reference signal for a portion of the TTI, and another portion of the TTI does not transmit the reference signal.
步骤1402中,第二网络设备接收第一网络设备发送的第一TTI的参考信号以及第二TTI中部分TTI的参考信号。In step 1402, the second network device receives the reference signal of the first TTI and the reference signal of the partial TTI in the second TTI.
步骤1403中,对于一组TTI中的任一TTI,如果任一TTI有参考信号,则根据任一TTI的参考信号进行信道估计,如果任一TTI没有参考信号,则根据一组TTI中在任一TTI之前最近的TTI的参考信号,对任一TTI进行信道估计。In step 1403, for any TTI in a group of TTIs, if any TTI has a reference signal, channel estimation is performed according to a reference signal of any TTI, and if any TTI has no reference signal, according to any one of the TTIs The channel signal is estimated for any TTI based on the nearest TTI reference signal before TTI.
在实施中,第二网络设备接收到一组TTI中任一TTI后,可以获取该TTI的参考信号,如果该TTI有参考信号,则可以根据任一TTI的参考信号进行信道估计,如果该TTI没有参考信号,则可以获取该TTI之前最近的TTI的参考信号,作为该TTI的参考信号,然后对该TTI进行信道估计。In an implementation, after receiving the TTI in the TTI, the second network device may obtain the reference signal of the TTI, and if the TTI has a reference signal, perform channel estimation according to the reference signal of any TTI, if the TTI Without the reference signal, the reference signal of the nearest TTI before the TTI can be obtained as the reference signal of the TTI, and then the channel estimation is performed on the TTI.
另外,第二网络设备接收到一组TTI中任一TTI后,可以获取该TTI的参考信号,如果该TTI有参考信号,则可以根据该TTI的参考信号对该TTI进行信道估计,如果该TTI没有参考信号,则可以获取该TTI之前的全部或部分TTI的参考信号,作为该TTI的参考信号,然后对该TTI进行信道估计。In addition, after receiving the TTI of the TTI, the second network device may obtain the reference signal of the TTI, and if the TTI has a reference signal, perform channel estimation on the TTI according to the reference signal of the TTI, if the TTI Without the reference signal, the reference signal of all or part of the TTI before the TTI may be acquired as a reference signal of the TTI, and then the channel estimation is performed on the TTI.
步骤1404中,根据一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信息以及对应的信道估计结果,对一组TTI中每个TTI对应的数据信道,进行数据信道的解调和译码,确定每个TTI对应的数据信道的接收情况。In step 1404, according to the control information corresponding to each TTI in a set of TTIs and the corresponding channel estimation result, the data channel corresponding to each TTI in a group of TTIs is demodulated and decoded, and each TTI is determined. Corresponding data channel reception.
在实施中,第二网络设备可以使用一组TTI中每个TTI的参考信号,对各TTI的控制信道进行信道估计,以及进行解调得到各TTI对应的控制信息。然后对每个TTI对应的数据信道进行信道估计,根据得到的每个TTI对应的控制信息,以及对每个TTI进行信道估计的结果,对一组TTI中每个TTI对应的数据信道,进行解调,然后对解调后的数据信道进行译码,确定是否正确译码每个TTI对应的数据信道,进而得到每个TTI对应的数据信道的接收情况。In an implementation, the second network device may perform channel estimation on the control channel of each TTI by using a reference signal of each TTI in a set of TTIs, and perform demodulation to obtain control information corresponding to each TTI. Then, channel estimation is performed on the data channel corresponding to each TTI, and the data channel corresponding to each TTI in a group of TTIs is solved according to the obtained control information corresponding to each TTI and the result of channel estimation for each TTI. Tuning, and then decoding the demodulated data channel to determine whether the data channel corresponding to each TTI is correctly decoded, thereby obtaining the reception condition of the data channel corresponding to each TTI.
如图4所示,本发明实施例还提供了当第一网络设备是终端,第二网络设备是基站时,该方法的流程如下:As shown in FIG. 4, the embodiment of the present invention further provides that when the first network device is a terminal and the second network device is a base station, the process of the method is as follows:
步骤401中,第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送对应第二网络设备的一组TTI中每个TTI的数据信道。In step 401, the first network device sends, to the second network device, a data channel corresponding to each TTI of the set of TTIs of the second network device.
在实施中,终端向基站传输数据时,向基站请求上行资源,基站根据终端所要传输的数据量,为终端分配上行传输资源,终端可以确定一组TTI向基站传输数据,一组TTI中可以包含多个TTI,此多个TTI可以时域上连续,也可以时域上不连续,此多个TTI时相互关联的,如每个TTI对应的控制信息有相同的部分等,另外,终端可以在每组TTI的第一TTI对应的控制信息中,携带指示该TTI为第一TTI的标识。In an implementation, when the terminal transmits data to the base station, the terminal requests uplink resources from the base station, and the base station allocates uplink transmission resources to the terminal according to the amount of data to be transmitted by the terminal, and the terminal may determine that a group of TTIs transmit data to the base station, and the group of TTIs may include The multiple TTIs may be consecutive in the time domain or may be discontinuous in the time domain. The multiple TTIs are associated with each other, for example, the control information corresponding to each TTI has the same part, and the terminal may be in the The control information corresponding to the first TTI of each group of TTIs carries an identifier indicating that the TTI is the first TTI.
步骤402~步骤407中的具体处理与第一网络设备是基站,第二网络设备是终端的处理相同,此处不再赘述。The specific processing in the step 402 to the step 407 is the same as the processing in which the first network device is the base station, and the second network device is the terminal, and details are not described herein again.
可选的,本发明实施例还提供了终端向基站传输数据时,基站在接收终端发送的对应终端的一组TTI中第一TTI的数据信道之前,基站需要向终端发送每个TTI的数据信道对应的调度信息,发送调度信息的方式可以如下:
Optionally, the embodiment of the present invention further provides that, when the terminal transmits data to the base station, the base station needs to send the data channel of each TTI to the terminal before the base station receives the data channel of the first TTI in the set of TTIs of the corresponding terminal sent by the terminal. The corresponding scheduling information, the way to send scheduling information can be as follows:
在第一TTI或一组TTI之前的一个TTI内,通过控制信道,向第一网络设备发送一组TTI中每个TTI的数据信道对应的调度信息。The scheduling information corresponding to the data channel of each TTI in the set of TTIs is sent to the first network device by using the control channel in a TTI before the first TTI or a group of TTIs.
其中,调度信息中包含数据调度编码信息、上行编码信息、功耗指示等信息等。The scheduling information includes information such as data scheduling coding information, uplink coding information, power consumption indication, and the like.
在实施中,终端在向基站传输数据信息时,向基站请求上行资源,基站根据终端所要传输的数据量,为终端分配上行传输资源,并且在接收一组TTI中第一TTI之前,通过一个TTI,向终端发送每个TTI的数据信道对应的调度信息。如图15所示,一组TTI中包含2个TTI,基站可以在一组TTI之前,通过某个TTI,向终端发送该组TTI中每个TTI的数据信道对应的调度信息。这样,下行传输与下行传输的切换比较少,从而可以节约上/下行切换开销。In an implementation, when transmitting data information to a base station, the terminal requests an uplink resource from the base station, and the base station allocates an uplink transmission resource according to the amount of data to be transmitted by the terminal, and passes a TTI before receiving the first TTI in the set of TTIs. Sending scheduling information corresponding to the data channel of each TTI to the terminal. As shown in FIG. 15 , a group of TTIs includes two TTIs, and the base station may send scheduling information corresponding to each TTI data channel in the group of TTIs to the terminal through a certain TTI before a group of TTIs. In this way, the downlink transmission and the downlink transmission are switched less, so that the uplink/downlink handover overhead can be saved.
或者,通过一组TTI中第一TTI,基站向终端发送每个TTI的数据信道对应的调度信息。Alternatively, the base station sends scheduling information corresponding to the data channel of each TTI to the terminal through the first TTI in the set of TTIs.
本发明实施例中,第二网络设备接收第一网络设备发送的,与一组传输时间间隔TTI中的各个TTI分别对应的,数据信道,其中,一组TTI包括第一TTI以及至少一个第二TTI,获取与第一TTI中的传输块对应的第一进程标识,并根据第一进程标识,确定至少一个第二TTI各自的第二进程标识,根据对一组TTI分别对应的数据信道的接收情况,生成与一组TTI分别对应的应答信息,分别将一组TTI中每个TTI对应的应答信息发送给第一网络设备。这样,第一网络设备向第二网络设备传输一组TTI的数据信息时,不需要携带每个TTI的传输块的进程标识,从而会节约大量的传输资源。In the embodiment of the present invention, the second network device receives, by the first network device, a data channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of transmission time intervals TTI, where the set of TTIs includes the first TTI and the at least one second Determining, by the TTI, a first process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI, and determining, according to the first process identifier, a second process identifier of each of the at least one second TTI, according to receiving the data channel corresponding to the group of TTIs respectively In the case, the response information corresponding to each group of TTIs is generated, and the response information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs is sent to the first network device. In this way, when the first network device transmits the data information of a set of TTIs to the second network device, the process identifier of the transport block of each TTI does not need to be carried, thereby saving a large amount of transmission resources.
基于相同的技术构思,本发明实施例还提供了一种网络设备,如图2所示,该网络设备包括接收器210、处理器220和发射器230,其中:Based on the same technical concept, an embodiment of the present invention further provides a network device. As shown in FIG. 2, the network device includes a receiver 210, a processor 220, and a transmitter 230, where:
所述接收器210,用于接收第一网络设备发送的,与一组传输时间间隔TTI中的各个TTI分别对应的,数据信道,其中,所述一组TTI包括第一TTI以及至少一个第二TTI;The receiver 210 is configured to receive, by the first network device, a data channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of transmission time intervals TTI, where the set of TTIs includes a first TTI and at least one second TTI;
所述处理器220,用于获取与所述第一TTI中的传输块对应的第一进程标识,并根据所述第一进程标识,确定所述至少一个第二TTI各自的第二进程标识;The processor 220 is configured to acquire a first process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI, and determine, according to the first process identifier, a second process identifier of each of the at least one second TTI;
所述处理器220,用于根据对所述一组TTI分别对应的数据信道的接收情况,生成与所述一组TTI分别对应的应答信息;The processor 220 is configured to generate response information corresponding to the set of TTIs respectively according to the receiving situation of the data channels respectively corresponding to the set of TTIs;
所述发射器230,用于分别将所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的应答信息发送给所述第一网络设备。The transmitter 230 is configured to separately send response information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs to the first network device.
可选的,所述处理器220,用于:Optionally, the processor 220 is configured to:
获取所述一组TTI的时域范围信息,并根据所述时域范围信息,确定所述一组TTI中所包括的所述第一TTI以及所述至少一个第二TTI;Obtaining time domain range information of the set of TTIs, and determining, according to the time domain range information, the first TTI and the at least one second TTI included in the set of TTIs;
所述接收器210,用于分别接收所述第一TTI以及所述至少一个第二TTI各自对应的数据信道。The receiver 210 is configured to receive a data channel corresponding to each of the first TTI and the at least one second TTI, respectively.
可选的,根据所述时域范围信息,确定所述一组TTI中所包括的所述第一TTI以及所述至少一个第二TTI,包括下列情况中的任意一种:Optionally, determining, according to the time domain range information, the first TTI and the at least one second TTI included in the group of TTIs, including any one of the following conditions:
在所述时域范围信息指示所述一组TTI中包括的TTI的数目为N的情况下,则确定所述一组TTI中所包括的TTI为所述第一TTI以及所述第一TTI之后的连续的N-1个第二TTI;When the time domain range information indicates that the number of TTIs included in the group of TTIs is N, determining that the TTIs included in the group of TTIs are after the first TTI and the first TTI Continuous N-1 second TTIs;
在所述时域范围信息指示了所述一组TTI中第一个TTI与最后一个TTI的时间间隔的情况下,则确定所述一组TTI中所包括的TTI为所述第一TTI以及在所述第一TTI之后且
处于所述时间间隔内的所有第二TTI;When the time domain range information indicates a time interval between the first TTI and the last TTI in the set of TTIs, determining that the TTI included in the set of TTIs is the first TTI and After the first TTI and
All second TTIs within the time interval;
在所述时域范围信息指示所述第一TTI对应的控制信息的生效时间范围的情况下,根据所述第一个TTI对应的控制信息的生效时间范围,则确定所述一组TTI中所包括的TTI为所述第一TTI以及在所述第一TTI之后且处于所述控制信息的生效时间范围内的所有第二TTI;When the time domain range information indicates the effective time range of the control information corresponding to the first TTI, determining, according to the effective time range of the control information corresponding to the first TTI, determining the set of TTIs The included TTI is the first TTI and all second TTIs after the first TTI and within the effective time range of the control information;
在所述时域范围信息指示所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的生效时间范围的情况下,则确定所述一组TTI中所包括的TTI为所述第一TTI以及在所述第一TTI之后且处于所述公共控制信息的生效时间范围内的所有第二TTI。When the time domain range information indicates an effective time range of the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs, determining that the TTI included in the set of TTIs is the first TTI and is in the first All second TTIs after the TTI and within the effective time range of the common control information.
可选的,所述处理器220,用于:Optionally, the processor 220 is configured to:
获取预设的与所述第一TTI中的传输块对应的第一进程标识;或者,Obtaining a preset first process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI; or
所述接收器210,用于接收所述第一网络设备发送的所述第一TTI对应的控制信道,所述处理器220,用于获取所述控制信道中携带的第一进程标识,所述第一进程标识是所述一组TTI中第一TTI中的传输块对应的进程标识;或者,The receiver 210 is configured to receive, by the first network device, a control channel corresponding to the first TTI, where the processor 220 is configured to acquire a first process identifier carried in the control channel, where The first process identifier is a process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI in the set of TTIs; or
所述处理器220,用于通过所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信道,获取第一进程标识,所述第一进程标识是所述一组TTI中第一TTI中的传输块对应的进程标识。The processor 220 is configured to obtain, by using a common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs, a first process identifier, where the first process identifier is a process identifier corresponding to a transport block in the first TTI of the set of TTIs. .
可选的,所述处理器220,用于:Optionally, the processor 220 is configured to:
获取预设的最大进程数,以及所述第一TTI与第N个第二TTI之间的TTI间隔N;将所述第一进程标识与所述TTI间隔N之和,除以所述最大进程数,得到的余数,确定为所述第N个第二TTI的第二进程标识,其中,N为正整数;或者,Obtaining a preset maximum number of processes, and a TTI interval N between the first TTI and the Nth second TTI; dividing a sum of the first process identifier and the TTI interval N by the maximum process a number, the obtained remainder, is determined as a second process identifier of the Nth second TTI, where N is a positive integer; or
获取预设的最大进程数,以及所述第一TTI与第一个第二TTI之间的TTI间隔P;将所述第一进程标识与所述TTI间隔P之和,除以所述最大进程数,得到的余数,确定为所述第一个第二TTI的第二进程标识,其中,P为正整数;Obtaining a preset maximum number of processes, and a TTI interval P between the first TTI and the first second TTI; dividing a sum of the first process identifier and the TTI interval P by the maximum process Number, the obtained remainder is determined as the second process identifier of the first second TTI, where P is a positive integer;
获取第N个第二TTI的第二进程标识,以及第N+1个第二TTI与所述第N个第二TTI的TTI间隔Q,将所述第N个第二TTI的第二进程标识与所述TTI间隔Q之和,除以所述最大进程数,得到的余数,确定为所述第N+1个第二TTI的第二进程标识,其中,N、Q为正整数。Obtaining a second process identifier of the Nth second TTI, and a TTI interval Q of the N+1 second TTI and the Nth second TTI, and identifying a second process identifier of the Nth second TTI And the sum of the TTI interval Q, divided by the maximum number of processes, the remainder obtained is determined as the second process identifier of the (N+1)th second TTI, where N and Q are positive integers.
可选的,所述处理器220,用于:Optionally, the processor 220 is configured to:
获取预设的所述一组TTI的时域范围信息;或者,Obtaining time domain range information of the preset set of TTIs; or
所述接收器210,用于接收所述第一网络设备发送的所述第一TTI对应的控制信道,所述处理器220,用于获取所述第一TTI对应的控制信道中携带的所述一组TTI的时域范围信息;或者,The receiver 210 is configured to receive the control channel corresponding to the first TTI that is sent by the first network device, where the processor 220 is configured to acquire the Time domain range information for a set of TTIs; or,
所述处理器220,用于通过所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信道,获取所述一组TTI的时域范围信息。The processor 220 is configured to obtain time domain range information of the set of TTIs by using a common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs.
可选的,所述接收器210,用于接收所述第一网络设备发送的所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信道,其中,所述第一TTI对应的控制信道中携带有所述第一TTI对应的控制信息,每个所述第二TTI对应的控制信道中分别携带有每个所述第二TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述第一TTI对应的控制信息的变化信息,所述变化信息包括:所述第二TTI的控制信息相对于所述第一TTI对应的控制信息的增量控制信息,或所述第二TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述第一TTI对应的控制信息更新的控制信息;
Optionally, the receiver 210 is configured to receive, by the first network device, a control channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, where the control channel corresponding to the first TTI is carried Control information corresponding to the first TTI, where each control channel corresponding to the second TTI carries change information of control information corresponding to each second TTI with respect to control information corresponding to the first TTI, The change information includes: incremental control information of control information of the second TTI with respect to control information corresponding to the first TTI, or control information corresponding to the second TTI, corresponding to the first TTI Control information for controlling information update;
所述处理器220,用于根据所述第一TTI对应的控制信息和每个所述第二TTI对应的变化信息,分别确定每个所述第二TTI对应的控制信息;The processor 220 is configured to determine, according to the control information corresponding to the first TTI and the change information corresponding to each of the second TTIs, control information corresponding to each of the second TTIs;
所述处理器220,用于根据所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信息,对所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的数据信道,进行数据信道的解调和译码,确定所述每个TTI对应的数据信道的接收情况。The processor 220 is configured to perform demodulation and decoding of a data channel on a data channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs according to control information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, and determine The reception status of the data channel corresponding to each TTI is described.
可选的,所述接收器210,用于接收所述第一网络设备发送的所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信道,以及一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信道,其中,所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信道中携带有所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息,所述每个TTI对应的控制信道中分别携带有所述每个TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的变化信息,所述变化信息包括:所述每个TTI的公共控制信息相对于所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的增量控制信息,或所述每个TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息更新的控制信息;Optionally, the receiver 210 is configured to receive a common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs sent by the first network device, and a control channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of TTIs, where the one The common control channel corresponding to the group TTI carries the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs, and the control channel corresponding to each TTI carries the control information corresponding to each TTI with respect to the set of TTIs. Corresponding information of the common control information, the change information includes: incremental control information of the common control information of each TTI relative to the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs, or corresponding to each TTI Control information for updating control information relative to common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs;
所述处理器220,用于根据所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息和所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的变化信息,分别确定所述每个TTI对应的控制信息;The processor 220 is configured to determine control information corresponding to each TTI according to common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs and change information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs;
所述处理器220,用于根据所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信息,对所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的数据信道,进行数据信道的解调和译码,确定所述每个TTI对应的数据信道的接收情况。The processor 220 is configured to perform demodulation and decoding of a data channel on a data channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs according to control information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, and determine The reception status of the data channel corresponding to each TTI is described.
可选的,所述接收器210,用于:Optionally, the receiver 210 is configured to:
接收所述第一网络设备发送的所述一组TTI中每个TTI的参考信号,其中,所述第一TTI的参考信号占用的资源大小大于等于每个所述第二TTI的参考信号占用的资源大小;Receiving, by the first network device, a reference signal of each TTI in the set of TTIs, where a reference signal of the first TTI occupies a resource size greater than or equal to a reference signal of each of the second TTIs Resource size
所述处理器220,用于对于所述第一TTI,根据所述第一TTI的参考信号对所述第一TTI进行信道估计;The processor 220 is configured to perform channel estimation on the first TTI according to the reference signal of the first TTI for the first TTI;
所述处理器220,用于对于所述第二TTI中的任一TTI,根据所述任一TTI的参考信号,以及所述一组TTI中在所述任一TTI之前的各TTI的参考信号中的全部或部分参考信号,对所述任一TTI进行信道估计;The processor 220 is configured to, according to any TTI in the second TTI, a reference signal according to any one of the TTIs, and a reference signal of each TTI in the set of TTIs before the any TTI Channel estimation for any of the TTIs, all or part of the reference signals;
所述处理器220,用于根据所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信息以及对应的信道估计结果,对所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的数据信道,进行数据信道的解调和译码,确定所述每个TTI对应的数据信道的接收情况。The processor 220 is configured to perform demodulation of a data channel for a data channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs according to control information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs and corresponding channel estimation results. And decoding, determining the reception status of the data channel corresponding to each TTI.
可选的,所述发射器230,用于:Optionally, the transmitter 230 is configured to:
在所述一组TTI中的最后一个TTI内或所述一组TTI之外的一个TTI内,通过控制信道,分别将所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的应答信息,发送给所述第一网络设备。Transmitting response information corresponding to each TTI of the set of TTIs to the first TTI in the last TTI of the set of TTIs or one TTI other than the set of TTIs A network device.
可选的,所述发射器230,还用于:在所述一组TTI之前的一个TTI内,通过控制信道,向所述第一网络设备发送所述一组TTI中每个TTI的数据信道对应的调度信息。Optionally, the transmitter 230 is further configured to send, by using a control channel, a data channel of each TTI in the set of TTIs by using a control channel in a TTI before the set of TTIs. Corresponding scheduling information.
关于上述实施例中的设备,其中各个部件执行操作的具体方式已经在有关该方法的实施例中进行了详细描述,此处将不做详细阐述说明。With regard to the apparatus in the above embodiments, the specific manner in which the respective components perform the operations has been described in detail in the embodiment relating to the method, and will not be explained in detail herein.
基于相同的技术构思,本发明实施例还提供了一种网络设备,如图3所示,所述网络设备包括处理器310、发射器320和接收器330,其中:Based on the same technical concept, an embodiment of the present invention further provides a network device. As shown in FIG. 3, the network device includes a processor 310, a transmitter 320, and a receiver 330, where:
所述发射器320,用于向第二网络设备发送对应所述第二网络设备的一组TTI中每个
TTI的数据信道;The transmitter 320 is configured to send, to the second network device, each of a set of TTIs corresponding to the second network device.
TTI data channel;
所述接收器330,用于接收所述第二网络设备根据所述数据信道的接收情况而反馈的所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的应答信息;The receiver 330 is configured to receive response information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs that is fed back by the second network device according to the receiving situation of the data channel;
所述处理器310,用于根据接收到的应答信息,进行混合自动重传请求HARQ处理。The processor 310 is configured to perform hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ processing according to the received response information.
可选的,所述一组TTI包括第一TTI以及至少一个第二TTI;Optionally, the set of TTIs includes a first TTI and at least one second TTI;
所述第一TTI对应的控制信道中携带有所述第一TTI的传输块的进程标识,每个所述第二TTI对应的控制信道中不携带传输块的进程标识;或者,所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信道中携带有所述第一TTI的传输块的进程标识,所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信道中不携带传输块的进程标识。a process identifier corresponding to the transport block of the first TTI, where the control channel corresponding to the first TTI does not carry a process identifier of the transport block in the control channel corresponding to the second TTI; or, the group The process identifier of the transport block of the first TTI is carried in the common control channel corresponding to the TTI, and the process identifier of the transport block is not carried in the control channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs.
可选的,所述处理器310,还用于确定所述一组TTI的时域范围信息;Optionally, the processor 310 is further configured to determine time domain range information of the set of TTIs;
所述发射器320,还用于向所述第二网络设备发送所述一组TTI中每个TTI的控制信道,所述第一TTI对应的控制信道中携带有所述一组TTI的时域范围信息;或者,The transmitter 320 is further configured to send, to the second network device, a control channel of each TTI in the set of TTIs, where a control channel corresponding to the first TTI carries a time domain of the set of TTIs Range information; or,
所述发射器320,还用于向所述第二网络设备发送所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信道,所述公共控制信道中携带有所述一组TTI的时域范围信息。The transmitter 320 is further configured to send, to the second network device, a common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs, where the common control channel carries time domain range information of the set of TTIs.
可选的,所述一组TTI的时域范围信息是:所述一组TTI中TTI的数目,或所述一组TTI中第一个TTI与最后一个TTI的时间间隔,或所述一组TTI中第一TTI对应的控制信息的生效时间范围,或所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的生效时间范围。Optionally, the time domain range information of the set of TTIs is: a number of TTIs in the set of TTIs, or a time interval of a first TTI and a last TTI in the set of TTIs, or the set of The effective time range of the control information corresponding to the first TTI in the TTI or the effective time range of the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs.
可选的,所述一组TTI包括第一TTI以及至少一个第二TTI,所述处理器310还用于:Optionally, the set of TTIs includes a first TTI and at least one second TTI, and the processor 310 is further configured to:
分别确定每个所述第二TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述第一TTI对应的控制信息的变化信息,其中,所述变化信息包括:所述第二TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述第一TTI对应的控制信息的增量控制信息,或所述第二TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述第一TTI对应的控制信息更新的控制信息;The change information of the control information corresponding to each of the second TTIs and the control information corresponding to the first TTI is determined, where the change information includes: control information corresponding to the second TTI, The incremental control information of the control information corresponding to the TTI, or the control information updated by the control information corresponding to the second TTI with respect to the control information corresponding to the first TTI;
所述发射器320,还用于向所述第二网络设备发送所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信道,所述第一TTI对应的控制信道中携带有所述第一TTI对应的控制信息,每个所述第二TTI对应的控制信道中分别携带有每个所述第二TTI对应的变化信息。The transmitter 320 is further configured to send, to the second network device, a control channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, where the control channel corresponding to the first TTI carries the first TTI Control information, each of the control channels corresponding to the second TTI carrying change information corresponding to each of the second TTIs.
可选的,所述处理器310还用于:Optionally, the processor 310 is further configured to:
确定所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的变化信息,所述变化信息包括:所述每个TTI的公共控制信息相对于所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的增量控制信息,或所述每个TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息更新的控制信息;Determining, by the common control information of each TTI, the change information of the control information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, the common control information of each of the TTIs The incremental control information of the common control information corresponding to the group TTI, or the control information updated by the control information corresponding to each TTI with respect to the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs;
所述发射器320,还用于向所述第二网络设备发送所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信道,以及一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信道,所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信道中携带有所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息,所述每个TTI对应的控制信道中分别携带有所述每个TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的变化信息。The transmitter 320 is further configured to send, to the second network device, a common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs, and a control channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of TTIs, and the common control corresponding to the set of TTIs The channel carries the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs, where the control channel corresponding to each TTI carries the control information corresponding to each TTI with respect to the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs. Change information.
可选的,所述一组TTI包括第一TTI以及至少一个第二TTI,所述发射器320还用于:Optionally, the set of TTIs includes a first TTI and at least one second TTI, and the transmitter 320 is further configured to:
向所述第二网络设备发送所述一组TTI中每个TTI的参考信号,其中,所述第一TTI的参考信号占用的资源大小大于等于每个所述第二TTI的参考信号占用的资源大小。And transmitting, by the second network device, a reference signal of each TTI in the set of TTIs, where a reference signal of the first TTI occupies a resource size greater than or equal to a resource occupied by a reference signal of each of the second TTIs size.
关于上述实施例中的设备,其中各个部件执行操作的具体方式已经在有关该方法的实施例中进行了详细描述,此处将不做详细阐述说明。
With regard to the apparatus in the above embodiments, the specific manner in which the respective components perform the operations has been described in detail in the embodiment relating to the method, and will not be explained in detail herein.
本发明实施例中,第二网络设备接收第一网络设备发送的,与一组传输时间间隔TTI中的各个TTI分别对应的,数据信道,其中,一组TTI包括第一TTI以及至少一个第二TTI,获取与第一TTI中的传输块对应的第一进程标识,并根据第一进程标识,确定至少一个第二TTI各自的第二进程标识,根据对一组TTI分别对应的数据信道的接收情况,生成与一组TTI分别对应的应答信息,分别将一组TTI中每个TTI对应的应答信息发送给第一网络设备。这样,第一网络设备向第二网络设备传输一组TTI的数据信息时,不需要携带每个TTI的传输块的进程标识,从而会节约大量的传输资源。In the embodiment of the present invention, the second network device receives, by the first network device, a data channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of transmission time intervals TTI, where the set of TTIs includes the first TTI and the at least one second Determining, by the TTI, a first process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI, and determining, according to the first process identifier, a second process identifier of each of the at least one second TTI, according to receiving the data channel corresponding to the group of TTIs respectively In the case, the response information corresponding to each group of TTIs is generated, and the response information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs is sent to the first network device. In this way, when the first network device transmits the data information of a set of TTIs to the second network device, the process identifier of the transport block of each TTI does not need to be carried, thereby saving a large amount of transmission resources.
基于相同的技术构思,本发明实施例还提供了一种网络设备,如图16所示,Based on the same technical concept, an embodiment of the present invention further provides a network device, as shown in FIG.
接收模块1610,用于接收第一网络设备发送的,与一组传输时间间隔TTI中的各个TTI分别对应的,数据信道,其中,所述一组TTI包括第一TTI以及至少一个第二TTI;The receiving module 1610 is configured to receive, by the first network device, a data channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of transmission time intervals TTI, where the set of TTIs includes a first TTI and at least one second TTI;
获取模块1620,用于获取与所述第一TTI中的传输块对应的第一进程标识;The obtaining module 1620 is configured to acquire a first process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI;
确定模块1630,用于根据所述第一进程标识,确定所述至少一个第二TTI各自的第二进程标识;a determining module 1630, configured to determine, according to the first process identifier, a second process identifier of each of the at least one second TTI;
生成模块1640,用于根据对所述一组TTI分别对应的数据信道的接收情况,生成与所述一组TTI分别对应的应答信息;The generating module 1640 is configured to generate response information corresponding to the set of TTIs respectively according to the receiving situation of the data channels respectively corresponding to the set of TTIs;
发送模块1650,用于分别将所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的应答信息发送给所述第一网络设备。The sending module 1650 is configured to separately send response information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs to the first network device.
可选的,如图17所示,所述接收模块1610,包括确定子模块1611和接收子模块1612,其中:Optionally, as shown in FIG. 17, the receiving module 1610 includes a determining submodule 1611 and a receiving submodule 1612, where:
所述确定子模块1621,用于获取所述一组TTI的时域范围信息,并根据所述时域范围信息,确定所述一组TTI中所包括的所述第一TTI以及所述至少一个第二TTI;The determining sub-module 1621 is configured to acquire time domain range information of the set of TTIs, and determine, according to the time domain range information, the first TTI included in the set of TTIs and the at least one Second TTI;
所述接收子模块1622,用于分别接收所述第一TTI以及所述至少一个第二TTI各自对应的数据信道。The receiving sub-module 1622 is configured to receive a data channel corresponding to each of the first TTI and the at least one second TTI, respectively.
可选的,所述确定子模块1621,用于:Optionally, the determining submodule 1621 is configured to:
在所述时域范围信息指示所述一组TTI中包括的TTI的数目为N的情况下,则确定所述一组TTI中所包括的TTI为所述第一TTI以及所述第一TTI之后的连续的N-1个第二TTI;When the time domain range information indicates that the number of TTIs included in the group of TTIs is N, determining that the TTIs included in the group of TTIs are after the first TTI and the first TTI Continuous N-1 second TTIs;
在所述时域范围信息指示了所述一组TTI中第一个TTI与最后一个TTI的时间间隔的情况下,则确定所述一组TTI中所包括的TTI为所述第一TTI以及在所述第一TTI之后且处于所述时间间隔内的所有第二TTI;When the time domain range information indicates a time interval between the first TTI and the last TTI in the set of TTIs, determining that the TTI included in the set of TTIs is the first TTI and All second TTIs after the first TTI and within the time interval;
在所述时域范围信息指示所述第一TTI对应的控制信息的生效时间范围的情况下,则根据所述第一TTI对应的控制信息的生效时间范围,确定所述一组TTI中所包括的TTI为所述第一TTI以及在所述第一TTI之后且处于所述控制信息的生效时间范围内的所有第二TTI;When the time domain range information indicates the effective time range of the control information corresponding to the first TTI, determining, according to the effective time range of the control information corresponding to the first TTI, determining that the set of TTIs is included The TTI is the first TTI and all second TTIs after the first TTI and within the effective time range of the control information;
在所述时域范围信息指示所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的生效时间范围的情况下,则根据所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的生效时间范围,确定所述一组TTI中所包括的TTI为所述第一TTI以及在所述第一TTI之后且处于所述公共控制信息的生效时间范围内的所有第二TTI。In the case that the time domain range information indicates the effective time range of the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs, determining the set of TTIs according to the effective time range of the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs. The included TTI is the first TTI and all second TTIs after the first TTI and within the effective time range of the common control information.
可选的,所述获取模块1620,用于:
Optionally, the obtaining module 1620 is configured to:
获取预设的与所述第一TTI中的传输块对应的第一进程标识;或者,Obtaining a preset first process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI; or
所述接收模块1610,用于接收所述第一网络设备发送的所述第一TTI对应的控制信道,所述获取模块1620,用于获取所述控制信道中携带的第一进程标识,所述第一进程标识是所述一组TTI中第一TTI中的传输块对应的进程标识;或者,The receiving module 1610 is configured to receive a control channel corresponding to the first TTI that is sent by the first network device, where the acquiring module 1620 is configured to acquire a first process identifier that is carried in the control channel, where The first process identifier is a process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI in the set of TTIs; or
所述获取模块1620,用于通过所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信道,获取第一进程标识,所述第一进程标识是所述一组TTI中第一TTI中的传输块对应的进程标识。The obtaining module 1620 is configured to obtain, by using a common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs, a first process identifier, where the first process identifier is a process identifier corresponding to a transport block in the first TTI of the set of TTIs. .
可选的,所述获取模块1620,用于获取预设的最大进程数,以及所述第一TTI与第N个第二TTI之间的TTI间隔N;所述确定模块1630,用于将所述第一进程标识与所述TTI间隔N之和,除以所述最大进程数,得到的余数,确定为所述第N个第二TTI的第二进程标识,其中,N为正整数;或者,Optionally, the obtaining module 1620 is configured to obtain a preset maximum number of processes, and a TTI interval N between the first TTI and the Nth second TTI, where the determining module 1630 is configured to a sum of the first process identifier and the TTI interval N, divided by the maximum number of processes, and the obtained remainder is determined as a second process identifier of the Nth second TTI, where N is a positive integer; or ,
所述获取模块1620,用于获取预设的最大进程数,以及所述第一TTI与第一个第二TTI之间的TTI间隔P;所述确定模块1630,用于将所述第一进程标识与所述TTI间隔P之和,除以所述最大进程数,得到的余数,确定为所述第一个第二TTI的第二进程标识,其中,P为正整数;The obtaining module 1620 is configured to obtain a preset maximum number of processes, and a TTI interval P between the first TTI and the first second TTI, where the determining module 1630 is configured to use the first process. The sum of the identifier and the TTI interval P, divided by the maximum number of processes, the remainder obtained is determined as the second process identifier of the first second TTI, where P is a positive integer;
所述获取模块1620,用于获取第N个第二TTI的第二进程标识,以及第N+1个第二TTI与所述第N个第二TTI的TTI间隔Q,所述确定模块1630,用于将所述第N个第二TTI的第二进程标识与所述TTI间隔Q之和,除以所述最大进程数,得到的余数,确定为所述第N+1个第二TTI的第二进程标识,其中,N、Q为正整数。The obtaining module 1620 is configured to acquire a second process identifier of the Nth second TTI, and a TTI interval Q of the N+1 second TTI and the Nth second TTI, where the determining module 1630 is configured. And a sum of the second process identifier of the Nth second TTI and the TTI interval Q, divided by the maximum number of processes, and obtained as a remainder of the N+1th second TTI The second process identifier, where N and Q are positive integers.
可选的,所述获取模块1620,用于:Optionally, the obtaining module 1620 is configured to:
获取预设的所述一组TTI的时域范围信息;或者,Obtaining time domain range information of the preset set of TTIs; or
所述接收模块1610,用于:The receiving module 1610 is configured to:
接收所述第一网络设备发送的所述第一TTI对应的控制信道,所述获取模块1620,用于获取所述第一TTI对应的控制信道中携带的所述一组TTI的时域范围信息;或者,Receiving, by the first network device, the control channel corresponding to the first TTI, where the acquiring module 1620 is configured to acquire time domain range information of the group of TTIs carried in the control channel corresponding to the first TTI ;or,
所述获取模块1620,用于通过所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信道,获取所述一组TTI的时域范围信息。The obtaining module 1620 is configured to obtain time domain range information of the set of TTIs by using a common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs.
可选的,所述接收模块1610,还用于接收所述第一网络设备发送的所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信道,其中,所述第一TTI对应的控制信道中携带有所述第一TTI对应的控制信息,每个所述第二TTI对应的控制信道中分别携带有每个所述第二TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述第一TTI对应的控制信息的变化信息,所述变化信息包括:所述第二TTI的控制信息相对于所述第一TTI对应的控制信息的增量控制信息,或所述第二TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述第一TTI对应的控制信息更新的控制信息;Optionally, the receiving module 1610 is further configured to receive, by the first network device, a control channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, where the control channel corresponding to the first TTI carries Control information corresponding to the first TTI, where the control information corresponding to each of the second TTIs carries change information of control information corresponding to each second TTI with respect to control information corresponding to the first TTI The change information includes: incremental control information of the control information of the second TTI with respect to the control information corresponding to the first TTI, or control information corresponding to the second TTI corresponding to the first TTI Control information for updating control information;
所述确定模块1630,还用于根据所述第一TTI对应的控制信息和每个所述第二TTI对应的变化信息,分别确定每个所述第二TTI对应的控制信息;The determining module 1630 is further configured to determine, according to the control information corresponding to the first TTI and the change information corresponding to each of the second TTIs, control information corresponding to each of the second TTIs;
所述确定模块1630,还用于根据所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信息,对所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的数据信道,进行数据信道的解调和译码,确定所述每个TTI对应的数据信道的接收情况。The determining module 1630 is further configured to: perform demodulation and decoding of the data channel on the data channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs according to control information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, and determine The reception status of the data channel corresponding to each TTI.
可选的,所述接收模块1610,还用于接收所述第一网络设备发送的所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信道,以及一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信道,其中,所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信道中携带有所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息,所述每个TTI对应的控制信道
中分别携带有所述每个TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的变化信息,所述变化信息包括:所述每个TTI的公共控制信息相对于所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的增量控制信息,或所述每个TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息更新的控制信息;Optionally, the receiving module 1610 is further configured to receive a common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs sent by the first network device, and a control channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of TTIs, where A common control channel corresponding to a set of TTIs carries common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs, and a control channel corresponding to each TTI
The change information of the control information corresponding to each TTI is compared with the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs, where the change information includes: the common control information of each TTI is relative to the group Incremental control information of the common control information corresponding to the TTI, or control information updated by the control information corresponding to each TTI with respect to the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs;
所述确定模块1630,还用于根据所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息和所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的变化信息,分别确定所述每个TTI对应的控制信息;The determining module 1630 is further configured to determine control information corresponding to each TTI according to common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs and change information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs;
所述确定模块1630,还用于根据所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信息,对所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的数据信道,进行数据信道的解调和译码,确定所述每个TTI对应的数据信道的接收情况。The determining module 1630 is further configured to: perform demodulation and decoding of the data channel on the data channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs according to control information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, and determine The reception status of the data channel corresponding to each TTI.
可选的,所述接收模块1610,还用于接收所述第一网络设备发送的所述一组TTI中每个TTI的参考信号,其中,所述第一TTI的参考信号占用的资源大小大于等于每个所述第二TTI的参考信号占用的资源大小;Optionally, the receiving module 1610 is further configured to receive a reference signal of each TTI in the set of TTIs sent by the first network device, where a reference signal of the first TTI occupies a larger resource size. Equal to the resource size occupied by the reference signal of each of the second TTIs;
如图18所示,所述网络设备还包括:As shown in FIG. 18, the network device further includes:
估计模块1660,用于对于所述第一TTI,根据所述第一TTI的参考信号对所述第一TTI进行信道估计;The estimating module 1660 is configured to perform channel estimation on the first TTI according to the reference signal of the first TTI for the first TTI;
所述估计模块1660,用于对于所述第二TTI中的任一TTI,根据所述任一TTI的参考信号,以及所述一组TTI中在所述任一TTI之前的各TTI的参考信号中的全部或部分参考信号,对所述任一TTI进行信道估计;The estimating module 1660 is configured to, according to any TTI in the second TTI, a reference signal according to any one of the TTIs, and a reference signal of each TTI in the set of TTIs before the any TTI Channel estimation for any of the TTIs, all or part of the reference signals;
所述确定模块1630,还用于根据所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信息以及对应的信道估计结果,对所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的数据信道,进行数据信道的解调和译码,确定所述每个TTI对应的数据信道的接收情况。The determining module 1630 is further configured to perform, according to the control information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs and the corresponding channel estimation result, a data channel solution for a data channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs. The decoding is performed to determine the reception status of the data channel corresponding to each TTI.
可选的,所述发送模块1650,用于在所述一组TTI中的最后一个TTI内或所述一组TTI之外的一个TTI内,通过控制信道,分别将所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的应答信息,发送给所述第一网络设备。Optionally, the sending module 1650 is configured to: respectively, in the last TTI of the set of TTIs or within one TTI of the set of TTIs, each of the set of TTIs by using a control channel The response information corresponding to the TTIs is sent to the first network device.
可选的,所述发送模块1650,还用于在所述第一TTI内或所述一组TTI之前的一个TTI内,通过控制信道,向所述第一网络设备发送所述一组TTI中每个TTI的数据信道对应的调度信息。Optionally, the sending module 1650 is further configured to send the set of TTIs to the first network device by using a control channel in the first TTI or in a TTI before the set of TTIs. Scheduling information corresponding to the data channel of each TTI.
关于上述实施例中的设备,其中各个模块执行操作的具体方式已经在有关该方法的实施例中进行了详细描述,此处将不做详细阐述说明。With regard to the apparatus in the above embodiments, the specific manner in which the respective modules perform the operations has been described in detail in the embodiment relating to the method, and will not be explained in detail herein.
基于相同的技术构思,本发明实施例还提供了一种网络设备,如图19所示,该网络设备包括:Based on the same technical concept, the embodiment of the present invention further provides a network device. As shown in FIG. 19, the network device includes:
发送模块1910,用于向第二网络设备发送对应所述第二网络设备的一组TTI中每个TTI的数据信道;The sending module 1910 is configured to send, to the second network device, a data channel corresponding to each TTI of the set of TTIs of the second network device;
接收模块1920,用于接收所述第二网络设备根据所述数据信道的接收情况而反馈的所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的应答信息;The receiving module 1920 is configured to receive, by the second network device, response information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs that are fed back according to the receiving situation of the data channel;
处理模块1930,用于根据接收到的应答信息,进行混合自动重传请求HARQ处理。The processing module 1930 is configured to perform hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ processing according to the received response information.
可选的,所述一组TTI包括第一TTI以及至少一个第二TTI;Optionally, the set of TTIs includes a first TTI and at least one second TTI;
所述第一TTI对应的控制信道中携带有所述第一TTI的传输块的进程标识,每个所述
第二TTI对应的控制信道中不携带传输块的进程标识;或者,所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信道中携带有所述第一TTI的传输块的进程标识,所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信道中不携带传输块的进程标识。a process identifier of the transport block of the first TTI carried in the control channel corresponding to the first TTI, each of the
The process identifier of the transport block that does not carry the transport block in the control channel corresponding to the second TTI; or the process identifier of the transport block of the first TTI that is carried in the common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs, each of the set of TTIs The process identifier of the transport block is not carried in the control channel corresponding to the TTI.
可选的,如图20所示,所述网络设备还包括:Optionally, as shown in FIG. 20, the network device further includes:
确定模块1940,用于确定所述一组TTI的时域范围信息;a determining module 1940, configured to determine time domain range information of the set of TTIs;
所述发送模块1910,还用于向所述第二网络设备发送所述一组TTI中每个TTI的控制信道,所述第一TTI对应的控制信道中携带有所述一组TTI的时域范围信息;或者,The sending module 1910 is further configured to send, to the second network device, a control channel of each TTI in the set of TTIs, where the control channel corresponding to the first TTI carries a time domain of the set of TTIs Range information; or,
所述发送模块1910,还用于向所述第二网络设备发送所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信道,所述公共控制信道中携带有所述一组TTI的时域范围信息。The sending module 1910 is further configured to send, to the second network device, a common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs, where the common control channel carries time domain range information of the set of TTIs.
可选的,所述一组TTI的时域范围信息是:所述一组TTI中TTI的数目,或所述一组TTI中第一个TTI与最后一个TTI的时间间隔,或所述一组TTI中第一TTI对应的控制信息的生效时间范围,或所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的生效时间范围。Optionally, the time domain range information of the set of TTIs is: a number of TTIs in the set of TTIs, or a time interval of a first TTI and a last TTI in the set of TTIs, or the set of The effective time range of the control information corresponding to the first TTI in the TTI or the effective time range of the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs.
可选的,所述一组TTI包括第一TTI以及至少一个第二TTI,所述确定模块1940,还用于分别确定每个所述第二TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述第一TTI对应的控制信息的变化信息,其中,所述变化信息包括:所述第二TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述第一TTI对应的控制信息的增量控制信息,或所述第二TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述第一TTI对应的控制信息更新的控制信息;Optionally, the group of TTIs includes a first TTI and at least one second TTI, and the determining module 1940 is further configured to respectively determine that control information corresponding to each of the second TTIs is corresponding to the first TTI. Change information of the control information, wherein the change information includes: incremental control information of control information corresponding to the second TTI with respect to control information corresponding to the first TTI, or control corresponding to the second TTI Control information updated with respect to control information corresponding to the first TTI;
所述发送模块1910,还用于向所述第二网络设备发送所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信道,所述第一TTI对应的控制信道中携带有所述第一TTI对应的控制信息,每个所述第二TTI对应的控制信道中分别携带有每个所述第二TTI对应的变化信息。The sending module 1910 is further configured to send, to the second network device, a control channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, where the control channel corresponding to the first TTI carries the first TTI Control information, each of the control channels corresponding to the second TTI carrying change information corresponding to each of the second TTIs.
可选的,所述确定模块1940,还用于确定所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的变化信息,所述变化信息包括:所述每个TTI的公共控制信息相对于所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的增量控制信息,或所述每个TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息更新的控制信息;Optionally, the determining module 1940 is further configured to determine, according to the change information of the control information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs, where the change information includes: The incremental control information of the common control information of each TTI with respect to the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs, or the control information corresponding to each TTI is updated with respect to the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs. Control information
所述发送模块1910,还用于向所述第二网络设备发送所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信道,以及一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信道,所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信道中携带有所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息,所述每个TTI对应的控制信道中分别携带有所述每个TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的变化信息。The sending module 1910 is further configured to send, to the second network device, a common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs, and a control channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of TTIs, and the common control corresponding to the set of TTIs The channel carries the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs, where the control channel corresponding to each TTI carries the control information corresponding to each TTI with respect to the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs. Change information.
可选的,所述一组TTI包括第一TTI以及至少一个第二TTI,所述发送模块1910,还用于:Optionally, the set of TTIs includes a first TTI and at least one second TTI, and the sending module 1910 is further configured to:
向所述第二网络设备发送所述一组TTI中每个TTI的参考信号,其中,所述第一TTI的参考信号占用的资源大小大于等于每个所述第二TTI的参考信号占用的资源大小。And transmitting, by the second network device, a reference signal of each TTI in the set of TTIs, where a reference signal of the first TTI occupies a resource size greater than or equal to a resource occupied by a reference signal of each of the second TTIs size.
关于上述实施例中的设备,其中各个模块执行操作的具体方式已经在有关该方法的实施例中进行了详细描述,此处将不做详细阐述说明。With regard to the apparatus in the above embodiments, the specific manner in which the respective modules perform the operations has been described in detail in the embodiment relating to the method, and will not be explained in detail herein.
本发明实施例中,第二网络设备接收第一网络设备发送的,与一组传输时间间隔TTI中的各个TTI分别对应的,数据信道,其中,一组TTI包括第一TTI以及至少一个第二TTI,获取与第一TTI中的传输块对应的第一进程标识,并根据第一进程标识,确定至少一个第二TTI各自的第二进程标识,根据对一组TTI分别对应的数据信道的接收情况,生成与一组TTI分别对应的应答信息,分别将一组TTI中每个TTI对应的应答信息发送给第一网络
设备。这样,第一网络设备向第二网络设备传输一组TTI的数据信息时,不需要携带每个TTI的传输块的进程标识,从而会节约大量的传输资源。In the embodiment of the present invention, the second network device receives, by the first network device, a data channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of transmission time intervals TTI, where the set of TTIs includes the first TTI and the at least one second Determining, by the TTI, a first process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI, and determining, according to the first process identifier, a second process identifier of each of the at least one second TTI, according to receiving the data channel corresponding to the group of TTIs respectively In the case, the response information corresponding to a set of TTIs is generated, and the response information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs is sent to the first network.
device. In this way, when the first network device transmits the data information of a set of TTIs to the second network device, the process identifier of the transport block of each TTI does not need to be carried, thereby saving a large amount of transmission resources.
基于相同的技术构思,本发明实施例还提供了一种数据传输的系统,所述系统包括第一网络设备和第二网络设备,其中:Based on the same technical concept, the embodiment of the present invention further provides a system for data transmission, where the system includes a first network device and a second network device, where:
所述第一网络设备,用于向所述第二网络设备发送对应所述第二网络设备的一组TTI中每个TTI的数据信道;接收所述第二网络设备根据所述数据信道的接收情况而反馈的所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的应答信息;根据接收到的应答信息,进行混合自动重传请求HARQ处理;The first network device is configured to send, to the second network device, a data channel corresponding to each TTI of a set of TTIs of the second network device; and receive, according to the data channel, the second network device The response information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs fed back; the hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ process is performed according to the received response information;
所述第二网络设备,用于接收所述第一网络设备发送的,与一组传输时间间隔TTI中的各个TTI分别对应的,数据信道,其中,所述一组TTI包括第一TTI以及至少一个第二TTI;获取与所述第一TTI中的传输块对应的第一进程标识,并根据所述第一进程标识,确定所述至少一个第二TTI各自的第二进程标识;根据对所述一组TTI分别对应的数据信道的接收情况,生成与所述一组TTI分别对应的应答信息;分别将所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的应答信息发送给所述第一网络设备。The second network device is configured to receive, by the first network device, a data channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of transmission time intervals TTI, where the set of TTIs includes a first TTI and at least a second TTI; obtaining a first process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI, and determining, according to the first process identifier, a second process identifier of each of the at least one second TTI; The response information of the data channel corresponding to the set of TTIs is respectively generated, and the response information corresponding to the set of TTIs is generated, and the response information corresponding to each TTI of the set of TTIs is sent to the first network device.
本发明实施例中,第二网络设备接收第一网络设备发送的,与一组传输时间间隔TTI中的各个TTI分别对应的,数据信道,其中,一组TTI包括第一TTI以及至少一个第二TTI,获取与第一TTI中的传输块对应的第一进程标识,并根据第一进程标识,确定至少一个第二TTI各自的第二进程标识,根据对一组TTI分别对应的数据信道的接收情况,生成与一组TTI分别对应的应答信息,分别将一组TTI中每个TTI对应的应答信息发送给第一网络设备。这样,第一网络设备向第二网络设备传输一组TTI的数据信息时,不需要携带每个TTI的传输块的进程标识,从而会节约大量的传输资源。In the embodiment of the present invention, the second network device receives, by the first network device, a data channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of transmission time intervals TTI, where the set of TTIs includes the first TTI and the at least one second Determining, by the TTI, a first process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI, and determining, according to the first process identifier, a second process identifier of each of the at least one second TTI, according to receiving the data channel corresponding to the group of TTIs respectively In the case, the response information corresponding to each group of TTIs is generated, and the response information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs is sent to the first network device. In this way, when the first network device transmits the data information of a set of TTIs to the second network device, the process identifier of the transport block of each TTI does not need to be carried, thereby saving a large amount of transmission resources.
本领域普通技术人员可以理解实现上述实施例的全部或部分步骤可以通过硬件来完成,也可以通过程序来指令相关的硬件完成,的程序可以存储于一种计算机可读存储介质中,上述提到的存储介质可以是只读存储器,磁盘或光盘等。
A person skilled in the art can understand that all or part of the steps of implementing the above embodiments may be completed by hardware, or may be executed by a program to instruct related hardware, and the program may be stored in a computer readable storage medium. The storage medium may be a read only memory, a magnetic disk or an optical disk or the like.
Claims (37)
- 一种数据传输的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for data transmission, comprising:接收第一网络设备发送的,与一组传输时间间隔TTI中的各个TTI分别对应的,数据信道,其中,所述一组TTI包括第一TTI以及至少一个第二TTI;Receiving, by the first network device, a data channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of transmission time intervals TTI, wherein the set of TTIs includes a first TTI and at least one second TTI;获取与所述第一TTI中的传输块对应的第一进程标识,并根据所述第一进程标识,确定所述至少一个第二TTI各自的第二进程标识;Obtaining a first process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI, and determining, according to the first process identifier, a second process identifier of each of the at least one second TTI;根据对所述一组TTI分别对应的数据信道的接收情况,生成与所述一组TTI分别对应的应答信息;And generating response information corresponding to the set of TTIs respectively according to the receiving situation of the data channels respectively corresponding to the set of TTIs;分别将所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的应答信息发送给所述第一网络设备。Sending response information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs to the first network device.
- 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,接收第一网络设备发送的,与一组传输时间间隔TTI中的各个TTI分别对应的,数据信道,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the receiving, by the first network device, the data channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of transmission time intervals TTI comprises:获取所述一组TTI的时域范围信息,并根据所述时域范围信息,确定所述一组TTI中所包括的所述第一TTI以及所述至少一个第二TTI;Obtaining time domain range information of the set of TTIs, and determining, according to the time domain range information, the first TTI and the at least one second TTI included in the set of TTIs;分别接收所述第一TTI以及所述至少一个第二TTI各自对应的数据信道。Receiving respective data channels corresponding to the first TTI and the at least one second TTI, respectively.
- 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,根据所述时域范围信息,确定所述一组TTI中所包括的所述第一TTI以及所述至少一个第二TTI,包括下列情况中的任意一种:The method according to claim 2, wherein the first TTI and the at least one second TTI included in the set of TTIs are determined according to the time domain range information, including the following Any one:在所述时域范围信息指示所述一组TTI中包括的TTI的数目为N的情况下,则确定所述一组TTI中所包括的TTI为所述第一TTI以及所述第一TTI之后的连续的N-1个第二TTI;When the time domain range information indicates that the number of TTIs included in the group of TTIs is N, determining that the TTIs included in the group of TTIs are after the first TTI and the first TTI Continuous N-1 second TTIs;在所述时域范围信息指示了所述一组TTI中第一个TTI与最后一个TTI的时间间隔的情况下,则确定所述一组TTI中所包括的TTI为所述第一TTI以及在所述第一TTI之后且处于所述时间间隔内的所有第二TTI;When the time domain range information indicates a time interval between the first TTI and the last TTI in the set of TTIs, determining that the TTI included in the set of TTIs is the first TTI and All second TTIs after the first TTI and within the time interval;在所述时域范围信息指示所述第一TTI对应的控制信息的生效时间范围的情况下,则根据所述第一TTI对应的控制信息的生效时间范围,确定所述一组TTI中所包括的TTI为所述第一TTI以及在所述第一TTI之后且处于所述控制信息的生效时间范围内的所有第二TTI;When the time domain range information indicates the effective time range of the control information corresponding to the first TTI, determining, according to the effective time range of the control information corresponding to the first TTI, determining that the set of TTIs is included The TTI is the first TTI and all second TTIs after the first TTI and within the effective time range of the control information;在所述时域范围信息指示所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的生效时间范围的情况下,则根据所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的生效时间范围,确定所述一组TTI中所包括的TTI为所述第一TTI以及在所述第一TTI之后且处于所述公共控制信息的生效时间范围内的所有第二TTI。In the case that the time domain range information indicates the effective time range of the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs, determining the set of TTIs according to the effective time range of the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs. The included TTI is the first TTI and all second TTIs after the first TTI and within the effective time range of the common control information.
- 根据权利要求1至3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述获取与所述第一TTI中的传输块对应的第一进程标识,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the acquiring the first process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI comprises:获取预设的与所述第一TTI中的传输块对应的第一进程标识;或者,Obtaining a preset first process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI; or接收所述第一网络设备发送的所述第一TTI对应的控制信道,获取所述控制信道中携带的第一进程标识,所述第一进程标识是所述一组TTI中第一TTI中的传输块对应的进程标识;或者,Receiving, by the first network device, a control channel corresponding to the first TTI, and acquiring a first process identifier that is carried in the control channel, where the first process identifier is in a first TTI of the group of TTIs The process ID corresponding to the transport block; or,通过所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信道,获取第一进程标识,所述第一进程标识是所述一组TTI中第一TTI中的传输块对应的进程标识。The first process identifier is obtained by using the common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs, where the first process identifier is a process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI of the set of TTIs.
- 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述第一进程标识,确定所述至少一个第二TTI各自的第二进程标识,包括: The method according to claim 1, wherein the determining, according to the first process identifier, the second process identifier of each of the at least one second TTI comprises:获取预设的最大进程数,以及所述第一TTI与第N个第二TTI之间的TTI间隔N;将所述第一进程标识与所述TTI间隔N之和,除以所述最大进程数,得到的余数,确定为所述第N个第二TTI的第二进程标识,其中,N为正整数;或者,Obtaining a preset maximum number of processes, and a TTI interval N between the first TTI and the Nth second TTI; dividing a sum of the first process identifier and the TTI interval N by the maximum process a number, the obtained remainder, is determined as a second process identifier of the Nth second TTI, where N is a positive integer; or获取预设的最大进程数,以及所述第一TTI与第一个第二TTI之间的TTI间隔P;将所述第一进程标识与所述TTI间隔P之和,除以所述最大进程数,得到的余数,确定为所述第一个第二TTI的第二进程标识,其中,P为正整数;Obtaining a preset maximum number of processes, and a TTI interval P between the first TTI and the first second TTI; dividing a sum of the first process identifier and the TTI interval P by the maximum process Number, the obtained remainder is determined as the second process identifier of the first second TTI, where P is a positive integer;获取第N个第二TTI的第二进程标识,以及第N+1个第二TTI与所述第N个第二TTI的TTI间隔Q,将所述第N个第二TTI的第二进程标识与所述TTI间隔Q之和,除以所述最大进程数,得到的余数,确定为所述第N+1个第二TTI的第二进程标识,其中,N、Q为正整数。Obtaining a second process identifier of the Nth second TTI, and a TTI interval Q of the N+1 second TTI and the Nth second TTI, and identifying a second process identifier of the Nth second TTI And the sum of the TTI interval Q, divided by the maximum number of processes, the remainder obtained is determined as the second process identifier of the (N+1)th second TTI, where N and Q are positive integers.
- 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述获取所述一组TTI的时域范围信息,包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein the acquiring the time domain range information of the set of TTIs comprises:获取预设的所述一组TTI的时域范围信息;或者,Obtaining time domain range information of the preset set of TTIs; or接收所述第一网络设备发送的所述第一TTI对应的控制信道,获取所述第一TTI对应的控制信道中携带的所述一组TTI的时域范围信息;或者,Receiving, by the first network device, the control channel corresponding to the first TTI, acquiring time domain range information of the group of TTIs carried in the control channel corresponding to the first TTI; or通过所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信道,获取所述一组TTI的时域范围信息。The time domain range information of the set of TTIs is obtained by using a common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs.
- 根据权利要求1至6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据对所述一组TTI分别对应的数据信道的接收情况,生成与所述一组TTI分别对应的应答信息之前,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the generating, before the generating the response information corresponding to the set of TTIs according to the receiving conditions of the data channels corresponding to the set of TTIs, comprises:接收所述第一网络设备发送的所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信道,其中,所述第一TTI对应的控制信道中携带有所述第一TTI对应的控制信息,每个所述第二TTI对应的控制信道中分别携带有每个所述第二TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述第一TTI对应的控制信息的变化信息,所述变化信息包括:所述第二TTI的控制信息相对于所述第一TTI对应的控制信息的增量控制信息,或所述第二TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述第一TTI对应的控制信息更新的控制信息;And receiving, by the first network device, a control channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, where the control channel corresponding to the first TTI carries control information corresponding to the first TTI, where each The control information corresponding to the second TTI carries the change information of the control information corresponding to each of the second TTIs and the control information corresponding to the first TTI, where the change information includes: the second TTI The incremental control information of the control information relative to the control information corresponding to the first TTI, or the control information updated by the control information corresponding to the second TTI with respect to the control information corresponding to the first TTI;根据所述第一TTI对应的控制信息和每个所述第二TTI对应的变化信息,分别确定每个所述第二TTI对应的控制信息;Determining, according to the control information corresponding to the first TTI and the change information corresponding to each of the second TTIs, control information corresponding to each of the second TTIs;根据所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信息,对所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的数据信道,进行数据信道的解调和译码,确定所述每个TTI对应的数据信道的接收情况。Demodulating and decoding a data channel for each data channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs according to control information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, and determining a data channel corresponding to each TTI Receiving situation.
- 根据权利要求1至6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据对所述一组TTI分别对应的数据信道的接收情况,生成与所述一组TTI分别对应的应答信息之前,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the generating, before the generating the response information corresponding to the set of TTIs according to the receiving conditions of the data channels corresponding to the set of TTIs, comprises:接收所述第一网络设备发送的所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信道,以及一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信道,其中,所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信道中携带有所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息,所述每个TTI对应的控制信道中分别携带有所述每个TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的变化信息,所述变化信息包括:所述每个TTI的公共控制信息相对于所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的增量控制信息,或所述每个TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息更新的控制信息;And receiving, by the first network device, a common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs, and a control channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, where the common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs carries the a common control information corresponding to a set of TTIs, where the control channels corresponding to each TTI respectively carry change information of control information corresponding to each TTI with respect to common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs, the change The information includes: incremental control information of the common control information of each TTI relative to the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs, or common information corresponding to the control information of each TTI with respect to the set of TTIs Control information for controlling information update;根据所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息和所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的变化信息,分别确定所述每个TTI对应的控制信息;Determining control information corresponding to each TTI according to the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs and the change information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs;根据所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信息,对所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的数据 信道,进行数据信道的解调和译码,确定所述每个TTI对应的数据信道的接收情况。Data corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs according to control information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs The channel performs demodulation and decoding of the data channel to determine the reception status of the data channel corresponding to each TTI.
- 根据权利要求1至6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据对所述一组TTI分别对应的数据信道的接收情况,生成与所述一组TTI分别对应的应答信息之前,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the generating, before the generating the response information corresponding to the set of TTIs according to the receiving conditions of the data channels corresponding to the set of TTIs, comprises:接收所述第一网络设备发送的所述一组TTI中每个TTI的参考信号,其中,所述第一TTI的参考信号占用的资源大小大于等于每个所述第二TTI的参考信号占用的资源大小;Receiving, by the first network device, a reference signal of each TTI in the set of TTIs, where a reference signal of the first TTI occupies a resource size greater than or equal to a reference signal of each of the second TTIs Resource size对于所述第一TTI,根据所述第一TTI的参考信号对所述第一TTI进行信道估计;For the first TTI, performing channel estimation on the first TTI according to the reference signal of the first TTI;对于所述第二TTI中的任一TTI,根据所述任一TTI的参考信号,以及所述一组TTI中在所述任一TTI之前的各TTI的参考信号中的全部或部分参考信号,对所述任一TTI进行信道估计;For any TTI in the second TTI, according to the reference signal of any one of the TTIs, and all or part of the reference signals in the reference signals of the TTIs before the any TTI in the set of TTIs, Performing channel estimation on any of the TTIs;根据所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信息以及对应的信道估计结果,对所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的数据信道,进行数据信道的解调和译码,确定所述每个TTI对应的数据信道的接收情况。Demodulating and decoding a data channel for each data channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs according to control information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs and corresponding channel estimation results, determining the each The reception status of the data channel corresponding to the TTI.
- 根据权利要求1至9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述分别将所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的应答信息,发送给所述第一网络设备,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the sending the response information corresponding to each of the TTIs to the first network device, respectively, includes:在所述一组TTI中的最后一个TTI内或所述一组TTI之外的一个TTI内,通过控制信道,分别将所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的应答信息,发送给所述第一网络设备。Transmitting response information corresponding to each TTI of the set of TTIs to the first TTI in the last TTI of the set of TTIs or one TTI other than the set of TTIs A network device.
- 根据权利要求1至10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein the method further comprises:在所述第一TTI内或所述一组TTI之前的一个TTI内,通过控制信道,向所述第一网络设备发送所述一组TTI中每个TTI的数据信道对应的调度信息。Dispatching information corresponding to a data channel of each TTI of the set of TTIs is sent to the first network device by using a control channel in a TTI or a TTI before the set of TTIs.
- 一种数据传输方法,其特征在于,包括:A data transmission method, comprising:向第二网络设备发送对应所述第二网络设备的一组TTI中每个TTI的数据信道;Transmitting, to the second network device, a data channel corresponding to each TTI of the set of TTIs of the second network device;接收所述第二网络设备根据所述数据信道的接收情况而反馈的所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的应答信息;Receiving, by the second network device, response information corresponding to each TTI of the set of TTIs that are fed back according to the receiving situation of the data channel;根据接收到的应答信息,进行混合自动重传请求HARQ处理。The hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ process is performed based on the received response information.
- 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述一组TTI包括第一TTI以及至少一个第二TTI;The method according to claim 12, wherein the set of TTIs comprises a first TTI and at least one second TTI;所述第一TTI对应的控制信道中携带有所述第一TTI的传输块的进程标识,每个所述第二TTI对应的控制信道中不携带传输块的进程标识;或者,所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信道中携带有所述第一TTI的传输块的进程标识,所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信道中不携带传输块的进程标识。a process identifier corresponding to the transport block of the first TTI, where the control channel corresponding to the first TTI does not carry a process identifier of the transport block in the control channel corresponding to the second TTI; or, the group The process identifier of the transport block of the first TTI is carried in the common control channel corresponding to the TTI, and the process identifier of the transport block is not carried in the control channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs.
- 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 12, wherein the method further comprises:确定所述一组TTI的时域范围信息;Determining time domain range information of the set of TTIs;向所述第二网络设备发送所述一组TTI中每个TTI的控制信道,所述第一TTI对应的控制信道中携带有所述一组TTI的时域范围信息;或者,Transmitting, to the second network device, a control channel of each TTI in the set of TTIs, where the control channel corresponding to the first TTI carries time domain range information of the set of TTIs; or向所述第二网络设备发送所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信道,所述公共控制信道中携带有所述一组TTI的时域范围信息。Sending, to the second network device, a common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs, where the common control channel carries time domain range information of the set of TTIs.
- 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述一组TTI的时域范围信息是:所述一组TTI中TTI的数目,或所述一组TTI中第一个TTI与最后一个TTI的时间间隔,或所述 一组TTI中第一TTI对应的控制信息的生效时间范围,或所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的生效时间范围。The method according to claim 14, wherein the time domain range information of the set of TTIs is: the number of TTIs in the set of TTIs, or the first TTI and the last TTI of the set of TTIs Interval, or The effective time range of the control information corresponding to the first TTI in a set of TTIs or the effective time range of the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs.
- 根据权利要求12至15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述一组TTI包括第一TTI以及至少一个第二TTI,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 12 to 15, wherein the set of TTIs comprises a first TTI and at least one second TTI, the method further comprising:分别确定每个所述第二TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述第一TTI对应的控制信息的变化信息,其中,所述变化信息包括:所述第二TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述第一TTI对应的控制信息的增量控制信息,或所述第二TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述第一TTI对应的控制信息更新的控制信息;The change information of the control information corresponding to each of the second TTIs and the control information corresponding to the first TTI is determined, where the change information includes: control information corresponding to the second TTI, The incremental control information of the control information corresponding to the TTI, or the control information updated by the control information corresponding to the second TTI with respect to the control information corresponding to the first TTI;向所述第二网络设备发送所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信道,所述第一TTI对应的控制信道中携带有所述第一TTI对应的控制信息,每个所述第二TTI对应的控制信道中分别携带有每个所述第二TTI对应的变化信息。Transmitting, by the second network device, a control channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, where the control channel corresponding to the first TTI carries control information corresponding to the first TTI, and each of the second Each of the control channels corresponding to the TTI carries change information corresponding to each of the second TTIs.
- 根据权利要求12至15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 12 to 15, wherein the method further comprises:确定所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的变化信息,所述变化信息包括:所述每个TTI的公共控制信息相对于所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的增量控制信息,或所述每个TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息更新的控制信息;Determining, by the common control information of each TTI, the change information of the control information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, the common control information of each of the TTIs The incremental control information of the common control information corresponding to the group TTI, or the control information updated by the control information corresponding to each TTI with respect to the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs;向所述第二网络设备发送所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信道,以及一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信道,所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信道中携带有所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息,所述每个TTI对应的控制信道中分别携带有所述每个TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的变化信息。Transmitting, to the second network device, a common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs, and a control channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, where the set of TTIs is carried in a common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs Corresponding common control information, where the control channel corresponding to each TTI carries change information of the control information corresponding to each TTI with respect to the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs.
- 根据权利要求12至15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述一组TTI包括第一TTI以及至少一个第二TTI,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 12 to 15, wherein the set of TTIs comprises a first TTI and at least one second TTI, the method further comprising:向所述第二网络设备发送所述一组TTI中每个TTI的参考信号,其中,所述第一TTI的参考信号占用的资源大小大于等于每个所述第二TTI的参考信号占用的资源大小。And transmitting, by the second network device, a reference signal of each TTI in the set of TTIs, where a reference signal of the first TTI occupies a resource size greater than or equal to a resource occupied by a reference signal of each of the second TTIs size.
- 一种网络设备,其特征在于,所述网络设备包括接收器、处理器和发射器,其中:A network device, characterized in that the network device comprises a receiver, a processor and a transmitter, wherein:所述接收器,用于接收第一网络设备发送的,与一组传输时间间隔TTI中的各个TTI分别对应的,数据信道,其中,所述一组TTI包括第一TTI以及至少一个第二TTI;The receiver is configured to receive, by the first network device, a data channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of transmission time intervals TTI, where the set of TTIs includes a first TTI and at least one second TTI ;所述处理器,用于获取与所述第一TTI中的传输块对应的第一进程标识,并根据所述第一进程标识,确定所述至少一个第二TTI各自的第二进程标识;The processor is configured to acquire a first process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI, and determine a second process identifier of each of the at least one second TTI according to the first process identifier;所述处理器,用于根据对所述一组TTI分别对应的数据信道的接收情况,生成与所述一组TTI分别对应的应答信息;The processor is configured to generate response information corresponding to the set of TTIs respectively according to the receiving situation of the data channels respectively corresponding to the set of TTIs;所述发射器,用于分别将所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的应答信息发送给所述第一网络设备。The transmitter is configured to separately send response information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs to the first network device.
- 根据权利要求19所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述处理器,用于:The network device according to claim 19, wherein the processor is configured to:获取所述一组TTI的时域范围信息,并根据所述时域范围信息,确定所述一组TTI中所包括的所述第一TTI以及所述至少一个第二TTI;Obtaining time domain range information of the set of TTIs, and determining, according to the time domain range information, the first TTI and the at least one second TTI included in the set of TTIs;所述接收器,用于分别接收所述第一TTI以及所述至少一个第二TTI各自对应的数据信道。 The receiver is configured to receive a data channel corresponding to each of the first TTI and the at least one second TTI, respectively.
- 根据权利要求20所述的网络设备,其特征在于,根据所述时域范围信息,确定所述一组TTI中所包括的所述第一TTI以及所述至少一个第二TTI,包括下列情况中的任意一种:The network device according to claim 20, wherein the first TTI and the at least one second TTI included in the set of TTIs are determined according to the time domain range information, including the following cases Any of the following:在所述时域范围信息指示所述一组TTI中包括的TTI的数目为N的情况下,则确定所述一组TTI中所包括的TTI为所述第一TTI以及所述第一TTI之后的连续的N-1个第二TTI;When the time domain range information indicates that the number of TTIs included in the group of TTIs is N, determining that the TTIs included in the group of TTIs are after the first TTI and the first TTI Continuous N-1 second TTIs;在所述时域范围信息指示了所述一组TTI中第一个TTI与最后一个TTI的时间间隔的情况下,则确定所述一组TTI中所包括的TTI为所述第一TTI以及在所述第一TTI之后且处于所述时间间隔内的所有第二TTI;When the time domain range information indicates a time interval between the first TTI and the last TTI in the set of TTIs, determining that the TTI included in the set of TTIs is the first TTI and All second TTIs after the first TTI and within the time interval;在所述时域范围信息指示所述第一TTI对应的控制信息的生效时间范围的情况下,根据所述第一个TTI对应的控制信息的生效时间范围,则确定所述一组TTI中所包括的TTI为所述第一TTI以及在所述第一TTI之后且处于所述控制信息的生效时间范围内的所有第二TTI;When the time domain range information indicates the effective time range of the control information corresponding to the first TTI, determining, according to the effective time range of the control information corresponding to the first TTI, determining the set of TTIs The included TTI is the first TTI and all second TTIs after the first TTI and within the effective time range of the control information;在所述时域范围信息指示所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的生效时间范围的情况下,则确定所述一组TTI中所包括的TTI为所述第一TTI以及在所述第一TTI之后且处于所述公共控制信息的生效时间范围内的所有第二TTI。When the time domain range information indicates an effective time range of the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs, determining that the TTI included in the set of TTIs is the first TTI and is in the first All second TTIs after the TTI and within the effective time range of the common control information.
- 根据权利要求19至21所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述处理器,用于:The network device according to any one of claims 19 to 21, wherein the processor is configured to:获取预设的与所述第一TTI中的传输块对应的第一进程标识;或者,Obtaining a preset first process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI; or所述接收器,用于接收所述第一网络设备发送的所述第一TTI对应的控制信道,所述处理器,用于获取所述控制信道中携带的第一进程标识,所述第一进程标识是所述一组TTI中第一TTI中的传输块对应的进程标识;或者,The receiver is configured to receive a control channel corresponding to the first TTI that is sent by the first network device, where the processor is configured to acquire a first process identifier that is carried in the control channel, where the first The process identifier is a process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI in the set of TTIs; or所述处理器,用于通过所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信道,获取第一进程标识,所述第一进程标识是所述一组TTI中第一TTI中的传输块对应的进程标识。The processor is configured to obtain a first process identifier by using a common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs, where the first process identifier is a process identifier corresponding to a transport block in the first TTI of the set of TTIs.
- 根据权利要求19所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述处理器,用于:The network device according to claim 19, wherein the processor is configured to:获取预设的最大进程数,以及所述第一TTI与第N个第二TTI之间的TTI间隔N;将所述第一进程标识与所述TTI间隔N之和,除以所述最大进程数,得到的余数,确定为所述第N个第二TTI的第二进程标识,其中,N为正整数;或者,Obtaining a preset maximum number of processes, and a TTI interval N between the first TTI and the Nth second TTI; dividing a sum of the first process identifier and the TTI interval N by the maximum process a number, the obtained remainder, is determined as a second process identifier of the Nth second TTI, where N is a positive integer; or获取预设的最大进程数,以及所述第一TTI与第一个第二TTI之间的TTI间隔P;将所述第一进程标识与所述TTI间隔P之和,除以所述最大进程数,得到的余数,确定为所述第一个第二TTI的第二进程标识,其中,P为正整数;Obtaining a preset maximum number of processes, and a TTI interval P between the first TTI and the first second TTI; dividing a sum of the first process identifier and the TTI interval P by the maximum process Number, the obtained remainder is determined as the second process identifier of the first second TTI, where P is a positive integer;获取第N个第二TTI的第二进程标识,以及第N+1个第二TTI与所述第N个第二TTI的TTI间隔Q,将所述第N个第二TTI的第二进程标识与所述TTI间隔Q之和,除以所述最大进程数,得到的余数,确定为所述第N+1个第二TTI的第二进程标识,其中,N、Q为正整数。Obtaining a second process identifier of the Nth second TTI, and a TTI interval Q of the N+1 second TTI and the Nth second TTI, and identifying a second process identifier of the Nth second TTI And the sum of the TTI interval Q, divided by the maximum number of processes, the remainder obtained is determined as the second process identifier of the (N+1)th second TTI, where N and Q are positive integers.
- 根据权利要求20所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述处理器,用于:The network device according to claim 20, wherein the processor is configured to:获取预设的所述一组TTI的时域范围信息;或者,Obtaining time domain range information of the preset set of TTIs; or所述接收器,用于接收所述第一网络设备发送的所述第一TTI对应的控制信道,所述处理器,用于获取所述第一TTI对应的控制信道中携带的所述一组TTI的时域范围信息;或者,The receiver is configured to receive, by the first network device, a control channel corresponding to the first TTI, where the processor is configured to acquire the group that is carried in a control channel corresponding to the first TTI Time domain range information of TTI; or,所述处理器,用于通过所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信道,获取所述一组TTI的时域范围信息。The processor is configured to acquire time domain range information of the set of TTIs by using a common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs.
- 根据权利要求19至24所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述接收器,用于接收所述第一网络设备发送的所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信道,其中,所述第一TTI对应的 控制信道中携带有所述第一TTI对应的控制信息,每个所述第二TTI对应的控制信道中分别携带有每个所述第二TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述第一TTI对应的控制信息的变化信息,所述变化信息包括:所述第二TTI的控制信息相对于所述第一TTI对应的控制信息的增量控制信息,或所述第二TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述第一TTI对应的控制信息更新的控制信息;The network device according to any one of claims 19 to 24, wherein the receiver is configured to receive a control channel corresponding to each TTI of the set of TTIs sent by the first network device, where Corresponding to the first TTI Control information corresponding to the first TTI is carried in the control channel, and each control channel corresponding to the second TTI carries control information corresponding to each second TTI corresponding to the first TTI. The change information of the control information, the change information includes: incremental control information of the control information of the second TTI with respect to the control information corresponding to the first TTI, or control information corresponding to the second TTI Control information for updating control information corresponding to the first TTI;所述处理器,用于根据所述第一TTI对应的控制信息和每个所述第二TTI对应的变化信息,分别确定每个所述第二TTI对应的控制信息;The processor is configured to determine, according to the control information corresponding to the first TTI and the change information corresponding to each of the second TTIs, control information corresponding to each of the second TTIs;所述处理器,用于根据所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信息,对所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的数据信道,进行数据信道的解调和译码,确定所述每个TTI对应的数据信道的接收情况。The processor is configured to perform demodulation and decoding of a data channel on a data channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs according to control information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, and determine the The reception of the data channel corresponding to each TTI.
- 根据权利要求19至24所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述接收器,用于接收所述第一网络设备发送的所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信道,以及一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信道,其中,所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信道中携带有所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息,所述每个TTI对应的控制信道中分别携带有所述每个TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的变化信息,所述变化信息包括:所述每个TTI的公共控制信息相对于所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的增量控制信息,或所述每个TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息更新的控制信息;The network device according to any one of claims 19 to 24, wherein the receiver is configured to receive a common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs sent by the first network device, and each of a set of TTIs a control channel corresponding to the TTI, where the common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs carries the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs, where each TTI is carried in the control channel corresponding to each TTI Corresponding control information, with respect to the change information of the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs, the change information includes: an increment of the common control information of each TTI relative to the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs Control information, or control information updated by the control information corresponding to each TTI with respect to the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs;所述处理器,用于根据所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息和所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的变化信息,分别确定所述每个TTI对应的控制信息;The processor is configured to determine control information corresponding to each TTI according to common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs and change information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs;所述处理器,用于根据所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信息,对所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的数据信道,进行数据信道的解调和译码,确定所述每个TTI对应的数据信道的接收情况。The processor is configured to perform demodulation and decoding of a data channel on a data channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs according to control information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, and determine the The reception of the data channel corresponding to each TTI.
- 根据权利要求19至24所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述接收器,用于:The network device according to any one of claims 19 to 24, wherein the receiver is configured to:接收所述第一网络设备发送的所述一组TTI中每个TTI的参考信号,其中,所述第一TTI的参考信号占用的资源大小大于等于每个所述第二TTI的参考信号占用的资源大小;Receiving, by the first network device, a reference signal of each TTI in the set of TTIs, where a reference signal of the first TTI occupies a resource size greater than or equal to a reference signal of each of the second TTIs Resource size所述处理器,用于对于所述第一TTI,根据所述第一TTI的参考信号对所述第一TTI进行信道估计;The processor is configured to perform channel estimation on the first TTI according to the reference signal of the first TTI for the first TTI;所述处理器,用于对于所述第二TTI中的任一TTI,根据所述任一TTI的参考信号,以及所述一组TTI中在所述任一TTI之前的各TTI的参考信号中的全部或部分参考信号,对所述任一TTI进行信道估计;The processor is configured to: according to any one of the TTIs, according to the reference signal of any one of the TTIs, and the reference signals of the TTIs before the TTI in the set of TTIs Channel estimation of any one of the TTIs, all or part of the reference signal;所述处理器,用于根据所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信息以及对应的信道估计结果,对所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的数据信道,进行数据信道的解调和译码,确定所述每个TTI对应的数据信道的接收情况。The processor is configured to perform demodulation of a data channel on a data channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs according to control information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs and corresponding channel estimation results. Decoding, determining the reception status of the data channel corresponding to each TTI.
- 根据权利要求19至27所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述发射器,用于:The network device according to any one of claims 19 to 27, wherein the transmitter is configured to:在所述一组TTI中的最后一个TTI内或所述一组TTI之外的一个TTI内,通过控制信道,分别将所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的应答信息,发送给所述第一网络设备。Transmitting response information corresponding to each TTI of the set of TTIs to the first TTI in the last TTI of the set of TTIs or one TTI other than the set of TTIs A network device.
- 根据权利要求19至28所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述发射器,还用于:在所述一组TTI之前的一个TTI内,通过控制信道,向所述第一网络设备发送所述一组TTI中每个TTI的数据信道对应的调度信息。 The network device according to any one of claims 19 to 28, wherein the transmitter is further configured to: send, to the first network device, a control channel through a control channel in a TTI before the group of TTIs Scheduling information corresponding to a data channel of each TTI in a set of TTIs.
- 一种网络设备,其特征在于,所述网络设备包括发射器、接收器和处理器,其中:A network device, characterized in that the network device comprises a transmitter, a receiver and a processor, wherein:所述发射器,用于向第二网络设备发送对应所述第二网络设备的一组TTI中每个TTI的数据信道;The transmitter is configured to send, to the second network device, a data channel corresponding to each TTI of the set of TTIs of the second network device;所述接收器,用于接收所述第二网络设备根据所述数据信道的接收情况而反馈的所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的应答信息;The receiver is configured to receive response information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs that is fed back by the second network device according to the receiving situation of the data channel;所述处理器,用于根据接收到的应答信息,进行混合自动重传请求HARQ处理。The processor is configured to perform hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ processing according to the received response information.
- 根据权利要求30所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述一组TTI包括第一TTI以及至少一个第二TTI;The network device according to claim 30, wherein the set of TTIs comprises a first TTI and at least one second TTI;所述第一TTI对应的控制信道中携带有所述第一TTI的传输块的进程标识,每个所述第二TTI对应的控制信道中不携带传输块的进程标识;或者,所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信道中携带有所述第一TTI的传输块的进程标识,所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信道中不携带传输块的进程标识。a process identifier corresponding to the transport block of the first TTI, where the control channel corresponding to the first TTI does not carry a process identifier of the transport block in the control channel corresponding to the second TTI; or, the group The process identifier of the transport block of the first TTI is carried in the common control channel corresponding to the TTI, and the process identifier of the transport block is not carried in the control channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs.
- 根据权利要求30所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述处理器,还用于确定所述一组TTI的时域范围信息;The network device according to claim 30, wherein the processor is further configured to determine time domain range information of the set of TTIs;所述发射器,还用于向所述第二网络设备发送所述一组TTI中每个TTI的控制信道,所述第一TTI对应的控制信道中携带有所述一组TTI的时域范围信息;或者,The transmitter is further configured to send, to the second network device, a control channel of each TTI in the set of TTIs, where a control channel corresponding to the first TTI carries a time domain range of the set of TTIs Information; or,所述发射器,还用于向所述第二网络设备发送所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信道,所述公共控制信道中携带有所述一组TTI的时域范围信息。The transmitter is further configured to send, to the second network device, a common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs, where the common control channel carries time domain range information of the set of TTIs.
- 根据权利要求32所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述一组TTI的时域范围信息是:所述一组TTI中TTI的数目,或所述一组TTI中第一个TTI与最后一个TTI的时间间隔,或所述一组TTI中第一TTI对应的控制信息的生效时间范围,或所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的生效时间范围。The network device according to claim 32, wherein the time domain range information of the set of TTIs is: the number of TTIs in the set of TTIs, or the first one of the set of TTIs and the last one The time interval of the TTI, or the effective time range of the control information corresponding to the first TTI in the set of TTIs, or the effective time range of the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs.
- 根据权利要求30至33所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述一组TTI包括第一TTI以及至少一个第二TTI,所述处理器还用于:The network device according to any one of claims 30 to 33, wherein the set of TTIs comprises a first TTI and at least one second TTI, and the processor is further configured to:分别确定每个所述第二TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述第一TTI对应的控制信息的变化信息,其中,所述变化信息包括:所述第二TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述第一TTI对应的控制信息的增量控制信息,或所述第二TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述第一TTI对应的控制信息更新的控制信息;The change information of the control information corresponding to each of the second TTIs and the control information corresponding to the first TTI is determined, where the change information includes: control information corresponding to the second TTI, The incremental control information of the control information corresponding to the TTI, or the control information updated by the control information corresponding to the second TTI with respect to the control information corresponding to the first TTI;所述发射器,还用于向所述第二网络设备发送所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信道,所述第一TTI对应的控制信道中携带有所述第一TTI对应的控制信息,每个所述第二TTI对应的控制信道中分别携带有每个所述第二TTI对应的变化信息。The transmitter is further configured to send, to the second network device, a control channel corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, where the control channel corresponding to the first TTI carries the control corresponding to the first TTI And information, each of the control channels corresponding to the second TTI carries change information corresponding to each of the second TTIs.
- 根据权利要求30至33所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述处理器还用于:The network device according to any one of claims 30 to 33, wherein the processor is further configured to:确定所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的变化信息,所述变化信息包括:所述每个TTI的公共控制信息相对于所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的增量控制信息,或所述每个TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息更新的控制信息;Determining, by the common control information of each TTI, the change information of the control information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs, the common control information of each of the TTIs The incremental control information of the common control information corresponding to the group TTI, or the control information updated by the control information corresponding to each TTI with respect to the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs;所述发射器,还用于向所述第二网络设备发送所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信道,以及一组TTI中每个TTI对应的控制信道,所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信道中携带有所述一组 TTI对应的公共控制信息,所述每个TTI对应的控制信道中分别携带有所述每个TTI对应的控制信息相对于所述一组TTI对应的公共控制信息的变化信息。The transmitter is further configured to send, to the second network device, a common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs, and a control channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of TTIs, and a common control channel corresponding to the set of TTIs Carrying the group The common control information corresponding to the TTI, where the control channel corresponding to each TTI carries change information of the control information corresponding to each TTI with respect to the common control information corresponding to the set of TTIs.
- 根据权利要求30至33所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述一组TTI包括第一TTI以及至少一个第二TTI,所述发射器还用于:The network device according to any one of claims 30 to 33, wherein the set of TTIs comprises a first TTI and at least one second TTI, and the transmitter is further configured to:向所述第二网络设备发送所述一组TTI中每个TTI的参考信号,其中,所述第一TTI的参考信号占用的资源大小大于等于每个所述第二TTI的参考信号占用的资源大小。And transmitting, by the second network device, a reference signal of each TTI in the set of TTIs, where a reference signal of the first TTI occupies a resource size greater than or equal to a resource occupied by a reference signal of each of the second TTIs size.
- 一种数据传输的系统,其特征在于,所述系统包括第一网络设备和第二网络设备,其中:A system for data transmission, characterized in that the system comprises a first network device and a second network device, wherein:所述第一网络设备,用于向所述第二网络设备发送对应所述第二网络设备的一组TTI中每个TTI的数据信道;接收所述第二网络设备根据所述数据信道的接收情况而反馈的所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的应答信息;根据接收到的应答信息,进行混合自动重传请求HARQ处理;The first network device is configured to send, to the second network device, a data channel corresponding to each TTI of a set of TTIs of the second network device; and receive, according to the data channel, the second network device The response information corresponding to each TTI in the set of TTIs fed back; the hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ process is performed according to the received response information;所述第二网络设备,用于接收所述第一网络设备发送的,与一组传输时间间隔TTI中的各个TTI分别对应的,数据信道,其中,所述一组TTI包括第一TTI以及至少一个第二TTI;获取与所述第一TTI中的传输块对应的第一进程标识,并根据所述第一进程标识,确定所述至少一个第二TTI各自的第二进程标识;根据对所述一组TTI分别对应的数据信道的接收情况,生成与所述一组TTI分别对应的应答信息;分别将所述一组TTI中每个TTI对应的应答信息发送给所述第一网络设备。 The second network device is configured to receive, by the first network device, a data channel corresponding to each TTI in a set of transmission time intervals TTI, where the set of TTIs includes a first TTI and at least a second TTI; obtaining a first process identifier corresponding to the transport block in the first TTI, and determining, according to the first process identifier, a second process identifier of each of the at least one second TTI; The response information of the data channel corresponding to the set of TTIs is respectively generated, and the response information corresponding to the set of TTIs is generated, and the response information corresponding to each TTI of the set of TTIs is sent to the first network device.
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
CN201610369750.5 | 2016-05-30 | ||
CN201610369750.5A CN107453846A (en) | 2016-05-30 | 2016-05-30 | The method, apparatus and system of a kind of data transfer |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2017206585A1 true WO2017206585A1 (en) | 2017-12-07 |
Family
ID=60479703
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/CN2017/078460 WO2017206585A1 (en) | 2016-05-30 | 2017-03-28 | Data transmission method, apparatus and system |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
CN (1) | CN107453846A (en) |
WO (1) | WO2017206585A1 (en) |
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US10873942B2 (en) | 2017-07-12 | 2020-12-22 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Code block group feedback techniques for multiple carriers or transmission time intervals |
Families Citing this family (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN110831190B (en) * | 2018-08-10 | 2023-04-14 | 北京紫光展锐通信技术有限公司 | Uplink scheduling-free data transmission method and device, storage medium and user equipment |
CN111181694B (en) * | 2018-11-09 | 2021-07-09 | 华为技术有限公司 | Method and device for transmitting uplink control information |
CN111491378B (en) * | 2019-01-29 | 2024-02-02 | 华为技术有限公司 | Method for transmitting downlink control channel, terminal equipment and network equipment |
Citations (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN101132262A (en) * | 2006-08-21 | 2008-02-27 | 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 | Method for implementing synchronous HARQ in TDD system and data transmission |
US20150229444A1 (en) * | 2012-11-02 | 2015-08-13 | Sony Corporation | Telecommunications apparatus and methods |
-
2016
- 2016-05-30 CN CN201610369750.5A patent/CN107453846A/en not_active Withdrawn
-
2017
- 2017-03-28 WO PCT/CN2017/078460 patent/WO2017206585A1/en active Application Filing
Patent Citations (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN101132262A (en) * | 2006-08-21 | 2008-02-27 | 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 | Method for implementing synchronous HARQ in TDD system and data transmission |
US20150229444A1 (en) * | 2012-11-02 | 2015-08-13 | Sony Corporation | Telecommunications apparatus and methods |
Non-Patent Citations (2)
Title |
---|
"LTE; Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Medium Access Control (MAC) protocol specification", ETSI TS 136 321 V10.6.0, 31 October 2012 (2012-10-31), pages 18 - 24, XP055443990 * |
ALCATEL -LUCENT: "Multi-Process Transmission Technique to Improve Uplink Coverage for LTE", 3GPP TSG-RAN WG1 #51-BIS R1-080443, 9 January 2008 (2008-01-09), XP050108961 * |
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US10873942B2 (en) | 2017-07-12 | 2020-12-22 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Code block group feedback techniques for multiple carriers or transmission time intervals |
US11785587B2 (en) | 2017-07-12 | 2023-10-10 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Code block group feedback techniques for multiple carriers or transmission time intervals |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
CN107453846A (en) | 2017-12-08 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
AU2018213539B2 (en) | Data transmission method, terminal device, and network device | |
TWI732000B (en) | Method for transmitting data and apparatus | |
US20220279538A1 (en) | Method and apparatus for transmitting information on an uplink channel | |
CN108886832B (en) | Transmission method of downlink control information, terminal and base station | |
TWI696360B (en) | Method for feeding back ack/nack information, terminal equipment and network equipment | |
KR102035402B1 (en) | A network node, a wireless device and methods therein for handling automatic repeat requests(arq) feedback information | |
US11375487B2 (en) | Terminal apparatus, base station apparatus, and communication method | |
EP2635067A1 (en) | Mobile station device, wireless communication method, and integrated circuit | |
US11483097B2 (en) | Wireless communication method, network device, terminal device, and readable storage medium | |
US20140003374A1 (en) | Method and apparatus for enhancing tti (transmission time interval) bundling in a wireless communication network | |
KR20090099469A (en) | Group AC / NAC transmission method | |
EP3751914A1 (en) | Communication method, communication apparatus and readable storage medium | |
WO2017206585A1 (en) | Data transmission method, apparatus and system | |
CN108029130A (en) | The reduction of crc field in succinct DCI message of the inexpensive MTC device on M-PDCCH | |
JPWO2016158087A1 (en) | User equipment and base station | |
WO2019021929A1 (en) | Terminal device, base station device, and communication method | |
CN114337758A (en) | Beam indication method, device, network side device and terminal | |
WO2017075770A1 (en) | Uplink data transmission method, device and system | |
US11051205B2 (en) | Terminal apparatus, base station apparatus, and communication method | |
US10693614B2 (en) | Data transmission method, terminal device, and network device |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 17805530 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 17805530 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |